1 #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % redefine the greyed out note
48 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
49 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
51 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
56 \font_typewriter default
57 \font_default_family default
67 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
68 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
72 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
73 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
74 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
79 \pdf_pagebackref false
80 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
81 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
88 \paperorientation portrait
99 \paragraph_separation indent
101 \quotes_language english
104 \paperpagestyle default
105 \tracking_changes false
106 \output_changes false
122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
124 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
126 \begin_inset CommandInset href
128 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
139 \begin_inset Newline newline
143 \begin_inset Newline newline
147 \begin_inset Note Note
150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
151 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
152 \begin_inset Newline newline
157 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
165 \begin_layout Standard
166 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
167 LatexCommand tableofcontents
174 \begin_layout Chapter
178 \begin_layout Section
182 \begin_layout Standard
183 LyX is a document preparation system.
184 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
185 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
186 It is unlike most other
187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
194 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
196 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
209 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
212 pt type, left justified, 5
213 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
221 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
225 \begin_layout Standard
226 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
233 \begin_inset Quotes erd
239 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
243 \begin_layout Standard
245 \begin_inset Quotes eld
253 \begin_inset Quotes erd
256 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
257 the format of all of the manuals.
258 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
259 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
276 \begin_layout Section
280 \begin_layout Standard
281 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
283 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
284 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
286 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
293 \begin_inset Quotes eld
297 \begin_inset Quotes erd
305 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
308 \begin_layout Standard
309 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
310 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
311 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
313 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
314 only a vertical scrollbar.
315 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
316 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
317 This, however, is due
318 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
319 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
320 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
321 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
323 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
324 this doesn't work for equations yet.
327 \begin_layout Standard
328 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
334 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
336 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
341 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
342 ing sections of this documentation.
345 \begin_layout Section
349 \begin_layout Standard
350 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
355 of the manuals from inside LyX.
356 Just select the manual you want read from the
363 \begin_layout Section
365 \begin_inset CommandInset label
367 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
374 \begin_layout Standard
375 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
376 without resorting to configuration files.
377 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
378 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
379 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
394 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
395 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.g.
396 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
397 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
399 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
407 Reconfiguration of LyX
412 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
415 \begin_layout Section
417 \begin_inset CommandInset label
419 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
426 \begin_layout Standard
427 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
428 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
451 that will be created when using the menu
453 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
472 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
473 \begin_inset Note Note
476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
477 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
478 \begin_inset Quotes eld
482 \begin_inset Quotes erd
485 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
486 More about TeX Code is described in section
491 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
493 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
497 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
502 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
504 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
518 Reconfiguration of LyX
526 \begin_layout Chapter
530 \begin_layout Section
531 Basic File Operations
535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
544 \begin_layout Standard
549 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
550 in addition to some more advanced operations:
553 \begin_layout Itemize
557 \begin_inset Graphics
558 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
559 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
566 \begin_layout Itemize
584 \begin_layout Itemize
590 \begin_inset Graphics
591 filename ../images/file-open.png
592 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
599 \begin_layout Itemize
605 \begin_layout Itemize
611 \begin_inset Graphics
612 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
613 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
620 \begin_layout Itemize
630 \begin_layout Itemize
644 \begin_layout Itemize
654 \begin_layout Itemize
660 \begin_layout Itemize
666 \begin_layout Itemize
672 \begin_inset Graphics
673 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
674 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
681 \begin_layout Itemize
687 \begin_layout Standard
688 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
689 a few minor differences.
692 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
707 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
708 you for a template to use.
709 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
710 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
711 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
717 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
719 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
726 \begin_layout Standard
728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
740 \begin_inset Quotes erd
744 \begin_inset Quotes eld
748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
751 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
752 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
755 \begin_layout Standard
776 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
781 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
806 will reload the document from disk.
807 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
808 and want to restore it to the last save.
817 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
818 can identify this as your changes.
821 \begin_layout Section
822 Basic Editing Features
826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
833 \begin_inset CommandInset label
835 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
842 \begin_layout Standard
843 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
844 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
845 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
846 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
848 We'll start with cut and paste.
851 \begin_layout Standard
852 As you might expect, the
856 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
857 various other editing features.
858 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
862 \begin_layout Itemize
868 \begin_inset Graphics
869 filename ../images/cut.png
870 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
877 \begin_layout Itemize
883 \begin_inset Graphics
884 filename ../images/copy.png
885 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
892 \begin_layout Itemize
898 \begin_inset Graphics
899 filename ../images/paste.png
900 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
907 \begin_layout Itemize
917 \begin_layout Itemize
927 \begin_layout Itemize
941 \begin_inset Graphics
942 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
943 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
951 \begin_layout Standard
952 The first three are self-explanatory.
953 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
954 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
963 keys also functions as the
968 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
969 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
974 to get back the lost text.
977 \begin_layout Standard
981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
987 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
996 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
999 \begin_layout Standard
1002 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1004 \begin_inset space ~
1007 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1009 \begin_inset space ~
1013 \begin_inset space ~
1018 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1024 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1028 \begin_inset space ~
1033 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1034 will start a new paragraph.
1037 \begin_layout Standard
1041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1059 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1061 \begin_inset space ~
1065 \begin_inset space ~
1073 \begin_inset space ~
1077 \begin_inset space ~
1083 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1088 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1091 \begin_inset space ~
1100 \begin_inset space ~
1105 button to skip the current word.
1109 \begin_inset space ~
1114 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1118 \begin_inset space ~
1123 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1125 If the toggle is set, searching for
1126 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1134 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1137 will not match the word
1138 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1146 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1152 Match whole words only
1154 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
1156 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1164 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1168 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1182 \begin_layout Standard
1183 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1184 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1186 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1191 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1198 \begin_layout Section
1203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1220 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1222 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1229 \begin_layout Standard
1230 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1231 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1234 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1237 or the toolbar button
1238 \begin_inset Graphics
1239 filename ../images/undo.png
1240 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1244 to undo some mistake.
1245 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1247 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1250 or the toolbar button
1251 \begin_inset Graphics
1252 filename ../images/redo.png
1253 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1258 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1265 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1266 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1269 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1272 \begin_layout Standard
1273 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
1274 it was last saved, the
1275 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1279 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1282 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1283 This is a consequence of the 100
1284 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1287 step undo limit, above.
1290 \begin_layout Standard
1299 work on almost everything in LyX.
1300 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1304 \begin_layout Section
1309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1318 \begin_layout Standard
1319 This are the most basic mouse operations.
1322 \begin_layout Enumerate
1327 \begin_layout Itemize
1332 once anywhere in the edit window.
1333 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1337 \begin_layout Enumerate
1342 \begin_layout Itemize
1348 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1351 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1354 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1357 \begin_layout Itemize
1358 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1360 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1367 \begin_layout Enumerate
1368 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1372 \begin_layout Standard
1377 the left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1378 Right-click on them to set its properties.
1379 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1383 \begin_layout Enumerate
1388 \begin_layout Standard
1393 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1398 \begin_layout Section
1400 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1402 name "sec:Navigating"
1410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1419 \begin_layout Standard
1420 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1423 \begin_layout Itemize
1428 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1429 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1432 \begin_layout Itemize
1435 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1438 or the toolbar button
1439 \begin_inset Graphics
1440 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1441 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1448 \begin_layout Standard
1449 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1450 (TOC) that is described in sec.
1451 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1455 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1457 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1462 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1463 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1464 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1465 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1466 to the document, see
1467 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1469 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1476 \begin_layout Standard
1478 \begin_inset space \space{}
1482 \begin_inset Graphics
1483 filename ../images/down.png
1484 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1489 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1494 \begin_inset space \space{}
1498 \begin_inset Graphics
1499 filename ../images/up.png
1500 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1505 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1509 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1511 So you can for example move section
1512 \begin_inset space ~
1516 \begin_inset space ~
1520 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1522 \begin_inset Graphics
1523 filename ../images/promote.png
1524 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1529 \begin_inset Graphics
1530 filename ../images/demote.png
1531 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1535 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1536 So you can for example make section
1537 \begin_inset space ~
1541 \begin_inset space ~
1545 \begin_inset space ~
1551 \begin_layout Section
1553 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1555 name "sec:Basic-Key-Bindings"
1563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1636 \begin_layout Standard
1637 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1638 LyX's default is CUA.
1641 \begin_layout Standard
1645 \begin_inset space ~
1653 \begin_inset space ~
1674 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1678 \begin_layout Labeling
1679 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1683 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1684 LatexCommand nomenclature
1686 description "Tabulator key"
1692 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1693 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1694 \begin_inset space ~
1698 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1700 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1705 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1707 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1711 , especially section
1712 \begin_inset space ~
1716 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1718 reference "sub:Lists"
1724 If you're still confused, look in the
1731 \begin_layout Labeling
1732 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1736 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1737 LatexCommand nomenclature
1739 description "Escape key"
1746 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1750 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1753 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1754 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1757 \begin_layout Labeling
1758 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1764 \begin_inset space ~
1768 \begin_inset space ~
1775 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1776 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1780 \begin_layout Standard
1781 There are three modifier keys:
1784 \begin_layout Labeling
1785 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1791 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1799 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1803 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1804 LatexCommand nomenclature
1806 description "Control key"
1810 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1811 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1815 \begin_layout Itemize
1824 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1827 \begin_layout Itemize
1836 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1839 \begin_layout Itemize
1848 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1852 \begin_layout Labeling
1853 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1859 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1867 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1871 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1872 LatexCommand nomenclature
1874 description "Shift key"
1878 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
1879 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
1882 \begin_layout Labeling
1883 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1889 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1897 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1901 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1902 LatexCommand nomenclature
1904 description "Meta or Alt key"
1908 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
1909 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
1910 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
1916 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1918 menu accelerator keys
1921 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1922 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1926 \begin_layout Standard
1927 For example, the sequence
1928 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1934 \begin_inset space ~
1938 \begin_inset space ~
1944 \begin_inset space ~
1952 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1960 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1964 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1969 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1975 \begin_inset space ~
1981 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1991 \begin_layout Standard
1992 There are also other things bound to the
1996 key, but you'll have to check in the
2008 \begin_layout Standard
2009 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2010 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2011 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2012 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
2013 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
2014 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
2015 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
2016 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2019 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2025 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2032 followed by a capital
2038 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2056 \begin_layout Standard
2057 You can list or change the keybindings in the LyX preferences under
2059 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2063 The preferences are opened with the menu
2065 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2071 \begin_layout Chapter
2076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2085 \begin_layout Section
2090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2099 \begin_layout Subsection
2103 \begin_layout Standard
2104 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2105 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2106 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2107 numbering schemes, and so on.
2108 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2109 and format the title of your document differently.
2112 \begin_layout Standard
2117 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2118 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2119 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2120 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2121 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
2124 \begin_layout Standard
2125 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2126 how to adjust their properties.
2129 \begin_layout Subsection
2134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2141 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2143 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2150 \begin_layout Standard
2151 You can select a class using the
2153 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2167 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2171 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2175 \begin_layout Standard
2176 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2180 \begin_layout Description
2181 Article for basic articles
2184 \begin_layout Description
2185 Report for basic reports
2188 \begin_layout Description
2189 Book for writing a book
2192 \begin_layout Description
2193 Letter for US-style letters
2196 \begin_layout Standard
2197 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2199 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
2200 can be found in chapter
2202 Special Document Classes
2211 \begin_layout Description
2212 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2215 \begin_layout Description
2222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2231 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
2235 \begin_layout Description
2236 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2237 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2238 There are three article layouts available.
2239 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2240 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2241 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2242 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2244 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2247 sequential numbering
2248 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2251 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2252 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2253 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2254 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2257 \begin_layout Description
2258 Beamer Layout for presentations
2261 \begin_layout Description
2262 broadway Layout for writing plays.
2263 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2267 \begin_layout Description
2269 \begin_inset space ~
2272 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2275 \begin_layout Description
2276 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2279 \begin_layout Description
2282 Die TeXnische Komödie
2284 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
2287 \begin_layout Description
2288 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2291 \begin_layout Description
2292 Foils Used to make transparencies
2295 \begin_layout Description
2296 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2299 \begin_layout Description
2300 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2301 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2305 \begin_layout Description
2306 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2307 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2310 \begin_layout Description
2311 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2314 \begin_layout Description
2315 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2318 \begin_layout Description
2319 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2320 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2323 \begin_layout Description
2324 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2327 \begin_layout Description
2332 LaTeX document class
2335 \begin_layout Description
2336 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2339 \begin_layout Description
2344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2351 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2352 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2354 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2357 \begin_layout Description
2358 Slides Used to make transparencies
2361 \begin_layout Description
2363 \begin_inset space ~
2366 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2367 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2370 \begin_layout Description
2371 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2374 \begin_layout Description
2379 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2382 \begin_layout Standard
2383 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2385 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2390 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2391 of the document classes.
2394 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2396 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2415 \begin_layout Standard
2416 Modules load additional features to a document that are not by default available
2417 in the chosen document class.
2418 For example you might want to use write Braille (embossed printing) in
2420 This is of course not available in any document class, so you have to load
2421 the corresponding module in the
2427 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2441 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2445 \begin_layout Standard
2446 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2454 Some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always installed by default.
2455 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2463 \begin_layout Standard
2464 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2472 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2480 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2484 \begin_layout Standard
2485 Each class has a default set of options.
2486 Here's a quick table describing them:
2489 \begin_layout Standard
2490 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2496 \begin_layout Standard
2498 \begin_inset Tabular
2499 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2501 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2502 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2503 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2504 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2505 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2959 \begin_layout Standard
2960 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2966 \begin_layout Standard
2967 You're probably also wondering what
2968 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2972 \begin_inset space ~
2976 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2980 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
2981 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
2986 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
2991 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3001 headings, there are also
3009 headings, and so on.
3010 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3011 \begin_inset space ~
3015 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3017 reference "sub:Headings"
3024 \begin_layout Subsection
3029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3036 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3038 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3057 \begin_layout Standard
3058 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3060 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3071 \begin_inset space ~
3076 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3078 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3079 to use for your document.
3080 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3084 \begin_layout Standard
3091 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3097 \begin_inset space ~
3102 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3103 You can choose between the following five options:
3106 \begin_layout Labeling
3107 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3112 Use default page style of current class.
3115 \begin_layout Labeling
3116 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3121 No page numbers or headings.
3124 \begin_layout Labeling
3125 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3133 \begin_layout Labeling
3134 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3139 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3140 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3141 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3144 \begin_layout Labeling
3145 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3150 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3160 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3166 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3167 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3169 Check the documentation for the
3173 package for more details,
3174 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3183 \begin_layout Standard
3188 of paragraphs is described in section
3189 \begin_inset space ~
3193 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3195 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3202 \begin_layout Subsection
3203 Paper Size and Orientation
3207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3208 Document ! Paper size
3214 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3216 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3223 \begin_layout Standard
3224 You'll find the following options in the menu
3227 \begin_inset space ~
3232 of the dialog of the
3234 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3252 \begin_layout Labeling
3253 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3257 \begin_inset space ~
3262 What size paper to print on.
3266 \begin_layout Itemize
3272 \begin_layout Itemize
3282 \begin_layout Itemize
3288 \begin_layout Itemize
3294 \begin_layout Itemize
3300 \begin_layout Itemize
3306 \begin_layout Itemize
3312 \begin_layout Labeling
3313 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3318 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3329 \begin_layout Labeling
3330 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3334 \begin_inset space ~
3339 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3340 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3343 \begin_layout Subsection
3348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3355 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3374 \begin_layout Standard
3375 Paper margins are set in the menu
3377 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3395 \begin_layout Standard
3396 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
3397 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3398 the paper format and the font size into account.
3401 \begin_layout Subsection
3405 \begin_layout Standard
3406 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3411 That includes the paragraph environments.
3412 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
3413 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3414 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
3415 paragraph environments to
3419 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3420 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3421 the conversion and why it failed.
3424 \begin_layout Section
3425 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3430 Paragraph ! Indentation
3438 \begin_layout Subsection
3440 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3442 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3449 \begin_layout Standard
3450 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3451 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3454 \begin_layout Standard
3455 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3456 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3457 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3458 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3462 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3468 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3469 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3470 language than English.
3471 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3474 \begin_layout Standard
3475 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3476 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
3478 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3479 LyX takes care of that.
3480 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3482 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3483 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3484 of a page, and so on.
3488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3489 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3494 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3495 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3499 of these pre-coded spacings.
3500 We'll explain more later.
3503 \begin_layout Subsection
3504 Paragraph Separation
3508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3509 Paragraph ! Separation
3517 \begin_layout Standard
3518 To separate paragraphs, select
3529 \begin_inset space ~
3536 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3549 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3550 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3551 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3554 \begin_layout Standard
3564 \begin_layout Standard
3565 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3566 \begin_inset space ~
3570 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3572 reference "cap:Units"
3577 The default length is 30
3578 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3584 \begin_layout Subsection
3588 \begin_layout Standard
3589 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3592 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3594 \begin_inset space ~
3599 dialog and toggle the
3602 \begin_inset space ~
3607 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
3608 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3609 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3613 \begin_layout Standard
3614 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3615 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3618 \begin_layout Subsection
3623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3624 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3632 \begin_layout Standard
3635 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3648 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3651 \begin_inset space ~
3660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3661 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3670 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3675 installed to use this feature.
3683 \begin_layout Section
3684 Paragraph Environments
3688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3689 Paragraph ! Environments
3695 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3697 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3706 Paragraph environments|(
3714 \begin_layout Subsection
3718 \begin_layout Standard
3719 Paragraph environments correspond to the
3722 \begin_layout Standard
3741 \begin_inset Newline newline
3744 command sequence in LaTeX files.
3745 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3746 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3755 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3758 \begin_layout Standard
3759 A paragraph environment is simply a
3760 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3764 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3767 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3768 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3769 scheme, labels, and so on.
3770 Additionally, you can
3771 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3775 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3778 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3779 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3780 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3781 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3782 days of typewriters.
3783 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3785 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3788 \begin_layout Standard
3789 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
3790 \begin_inset Graphics
3791 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
3797 at the left end of the toolbar.
3798 LyX will change the environment of the
3802 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3803 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3804 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3808 \begin_layout Standard
3817 create a new paragraph using the
3821 paragraph environment.
3823 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3827 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3830 because if you are in one of these environments:
3833 \begin_layout Itemize
3839 \begin_layout Itemize
3845 \begin_layout Itemize
3851 \begin_layout Itemize
3857 \begin_layout Itemize
3863 \begin_layout Itemize
3869 \begin_layout Itemize
3875 \begin_layout Standard
3876 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
3880 , rather than resetting it to
3885 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
3886 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
3887 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
3888 \begin_inset space ~
3892 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3894 reference "sec:Nesting"
3899 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
3904 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
3905 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
3913 \begin_layout Subsection
3917 \begin_layout Standard
3918 The default paragraph environment is
3923 It creates a plain paragraph.
3924 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
3925 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
3926 this manual) are in the
3933 \begin_layout Standard
3934 You can nest a paragraph using the
3938 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
3946 \begin_layout Subsection
3951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3960 \begin_layout Standard
3961 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
3963 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3967 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3970 for thanks or contact information.
3971 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
3972 page along with today's date.
3973 For other types of documents, the title
3974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3981 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
3985 \begin_layout Standard
3986 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4000 Here's how you use them:
4003 \begin_layout Itemize
4004 Put the title of your document in the
4011 \begin_layout Itemize
4012 Put the author name in the
4019 \begin_layout Itemize
4020 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4021 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4027 Note that using this environment is optional.
4028 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4029 If you don't want any date, add the line
4030 \begin_inset Newline newline
4040 \begin_inset Newline newline
4043 to the preamble of your document (menu
4045 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4051 \begin_layout Standard
4052 You can use footnotes to insert
4053 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4057 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4060 or contact informations.
4063 \begin_layout Subsection
4068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4075 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4084 \begin_layout Standard
4085 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4086 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4089 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4095 Section headings ! Numbered
4103 \begin_layout Standard
4104 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4108 \begin_layout Enumerate
4114 \begin_layout Enumerate
4120 \begin_layout Enumerate
4126 \begin_layout Enumerate
4132 \begin_layout Enumerate
4138 \begin_layout Enumerate
4144 \begin_layout Enumerate
4150 \begin_layout Standard
4151 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4152 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4153 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4156 \begin_layout Standard
4157 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4158 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4159 You group the book into chapters.
4160 LyX does similar grouping:
4163 \begin_layout Itemize
4168 is divided in either
4177 \begin_layout Itemize
4189 \begin_layout Itemize
4201 \begin_layout Itemize
4213 \begin_layout Itemize
4225 \begin_layout Itemize
4237 \begin_layout Standard
4238 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4246 Not all document types use the
4250 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4255 is the top-level heading.
4263 \begin_layout Standard
4268 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4269 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4271 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4273 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4277 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4283 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4289 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4297 \begin_layout Standard
4298 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4302 \begin_layout Enumerate
4308 \begin_layout Enumerate
4314 \begin_layout Enumerate
4320 \begin_layout Enumerate
4326 \begin_layout Enumerate
4332 \begin_layout Standard
4334 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4338 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4341 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4342 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4343 table of contents, see section
4344 \begin_inset space ~
4348 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4357 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4358 Changing the Numbering
4359 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4361 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4368 \begin_layout Standard
4369 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4370 in the Table of Contents.
4371 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4373 Certain classes start with
4387 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4397 This is something you can change.
4400 \begin_layout Standard
4403 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4423 \begin_inset space ~
4427 \begin_inset space ~
4432 you'll see two counters.
4437 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4439 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4443 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4444 Short Titles of Headings
4448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4449 Section headings ! Short titles
4458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4465 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4467 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4474 \begin_layout Standard
4475 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4476 This can cause troubles when there is limited horizontal space.
4477 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4478 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4481 \begin_layout Standard
4482 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4483 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4484 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4485 To specify a short title, use the menu
4487 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4489 \begin_inset space ~
4495 This will insert a box labeled
4496 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4500 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4504 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4508 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4511 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4512 This also works for captions inside floats.
4515 \begin_layout Standard
4516 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4519 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4523 \begin_layout Standard
4524 The following information applies to all section headings:
4527 \begin_layout Itemize
4528 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4531 \begin_layout Itemize
4532 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4535 \begin_layout Itemize
4536 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4539 \begin_layout Itemize
4540 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4543 \begin_layout Subsection
4544 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4547 \begin_layout Standard
4548 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4562 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4563 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4564 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4565 the text they contain.
4566 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4574 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4577 \begin_layout Standard
4578 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4587 when you start a new paragraph.
4588 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4592 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4593 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4594 to change back to the
4598 environment yourself.
4601 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4611 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4630 \begin_layout Standard
4631 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4632 time for the differences.
4641 are identical except for one difference:
4645 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4654 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4657 \begin_layout Standard
4658 Here's an example of the
4671 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4673 See -- no indentation!
4677 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4678 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4679 the other paragraph.
4682 \begin_layout Standard
4683 Here's another example, this time in the
4690 \begin_layout Quotation
4696 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4697 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4698 the first line, then
4702 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4706 you were quoting other text.
4709 \begin_layout Quotation
4710 Here's a new paragraph.
4711 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4712 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4715 \begin_layout Standard
4716 As the examples show,
4720 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4721 They should put quotes in the
4726 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4730 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4733 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4761 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4770 \begin_layout Standard
4775 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4781 \begin_inset Newline newline
4784 Which I did not rehearse!
4788 It could be much worse.
4789 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4791 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4792 indented a bit more than the first.
4793 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4799 \begin_inset Newline newline
4802 And make things look fine
4803 \begin_inset Newline newline
4813 \begin_layout Standard
4818 does not indent both margins.
4819 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
4820 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
4831 \begin_layout Subsection
4836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4843 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4852 \begin_layout Standard
4853 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
4863 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
4872 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
4873 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
4874 some general features of all four of them.
4877 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4881 \begin_layout Standard
4882 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
4884 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
4893 reset the environment to
4897 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
4898 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
4899 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
4904 to break paragraphs.
4907 \begin_layout Standard
4908 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
4909 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
4911 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
4912 you read all of section
4913 \begin_inset space ~
4917 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4919 reference "sec:Nesting"
4927 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4943 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4952 \begin_layout Standard
4953 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
4957 paragraph environment.
4958 It has the following properties:
4961 \begin_layout Itemize
4962 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
4966 \begin_layout Itemize
4967 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
4970 \begin_layout Itemize
4971 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
4975 \begin_layout Itemize
4976 The items can have any length.
4977 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
4978 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
4985 \begin_layout Itemize
4990 environment inside another
4994 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
4998 \begin_layout Itemize
4999 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5002 \begin_layout Itemize
5003 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5006 \begin_layout Itemize
5008 \begin_inset space ~
5012 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5014 reference "sec:Nesting"
5018 for a full explanation of nesting.
5022 \begin_layout Standard
5023 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5032 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5035 \begin_layout Standard
5036 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5037 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5038 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
5041 \begin_layout Itemize
5042 The label for the first level
5046 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5050 \begin_layout Itemize
5051 The label for the second level is a dash.
5055 \begin_layout Itemize
5056 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5060 \begin_layout Itemize
5061 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5065 \begin_layout Itemize
5066 Back out to the third level.
5070 \begin_layout Itemize
5071 Back to the second level.
5075 \begin_layout Itemize
5076 Back to the outermost level.
5079 \begin_layout Standard
5080 These are the default labels for an
5085 You can customize these labels in the
5087 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5090 dialog in the submenu
5100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5109 \begin_layout Standard
5110 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5111 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5113 \begin_inset space ~
5117 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5119 reference "sec:Nesting"
5126 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5142 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5144 name "sec:Enumerate"
5151 \begin_layout Standard
5156 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5157 It has these properties:
5160 \begin_layout Enumerate
5161 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5165 \begin_layout Enumerate
5166 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
5170 \begin_layout Enumerate
5171 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5174 \begin_layout Enumerate
5179 environment resets the counter to one.
5182 \begin_layout Enumerate
5195 \begin_layout Enumerate
5196 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5197 Items can have any length.
5200 \begin_layout Enumerate
5201 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5204 \begin_layout Enumerate
5205 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5208 \begin_layout Enumerate
5209 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5213 \begin_layout Standard
5222 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5223 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5230 \begin_layout Enumerate
5231 The first level of an
5235 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5239 \begin_layout Enumerate
5240 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5244 \begin_layout Enumerate
5245 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5249 \begin_layout Enumerate
5250 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5253 \begin_layout Enumerate
5254 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5259 \begin_layout Enumerate
5260 Back to the third level
5264 \begin_layout Enumerate
5265 Back to the second level.
5269 \begin_layout Enumerate
5270 Back to the outermost level.
5273 \begin_layout Standard
5274 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5279 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5284 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5288 \begin_layout Standard
5289 There is more to nesting
5293 environments than we've stated here.
5294 You should read section
5295 \begin_inset space ~
5299 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5301 reference "sec:Nesting"
5305 to learn more about nesting.
5308 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5324 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5326 name "sec:Description-List"
5333 \begin_layout Standard
5334 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5338 list has no fixed label.
5339 Instead, LyX uses the first
5340 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5344 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5347 of the first line as the label.
5351 \begin_layout Description
5352 Example: This is an example of the
5359 \begin_layout Standard
5360 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5364 \begin_layout Standard
5366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5370 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5373 it is meant that the first hit of the
5377 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5379 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5390 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5391 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5393 \begin_inset space ~
5399 \begin_inset space ~
5403 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5405 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5409 for more info.) Here is an example:
5412 \begin_layout Description
5414 \begin_inset space ~
5417 Example: This one shows how to use a
5420 \begin_inset space ~
5432 \begin_layout Description
5433 Usage: You should use the
5437 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5438 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5440 It's not a good idea to use a
5444 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5445 You're better off using
5457 paragraphs into them.
5460 \begin_layout Description
5461 Nesting: You can nest
5465 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5469 \begin_layout Standard
5470 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5471 them from the first line.
5474 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5490 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5499 \begin_layout Standard
5504 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5508 \begin_layout Standard
5517 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5518 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5521 \begin_layout Labeling
5522 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5524 \begin_inset space ~
5527 labels LyX uses the first
5528 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5532 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5535 of each line as the item label.
5540 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5541 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5542 blank as described above.
5545 \begin_layout Labeling
5546 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5547 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5548 the body of the item text.
5549 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5550 label width plus a little extra space.
5554 \begin_layout Labeling
5555 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5557 \begin_inset space ~
5560 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5562 If the label width is larger, the label
5563 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5567 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5570 into the first line.
5571 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5572 margin of the rest of the item text.
5575 \begin_layout Labeling
5576 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5578 \begin_inset space ~
5581 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5586 environment have the same left margin.
5587 \begin_inset Newline newline
5590 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5593 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5595 \begin_inset space ~
5604 \begin_inset space ~
5609 determines the default label width.
5610 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5612 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5616 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5619 multiple times instead.
5620 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5622 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5626 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5629 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5632 \begin_inset space ~
5637 every time you alter a label in a
5642 \begin_inset Newline newline
5645 The predefined default width is the length of
5646 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5650 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5655 \begin_inset Newline newline
5659 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5667 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5668 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5676 \begin_layout Standard
5681 environment the same way like the
5685 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5691 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5695 \begin_layout Standard
5700 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5702 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5704 \begin_inset space ~
5708 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5710 reference "sec:Nesting"
5714 to learn about nesting.
5717 \begin_layout Standard
5718 There is yet another feature of the
5722 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5724 You can use additional
5728 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5733 are documented in section
5734 \begin_inset space ~
5738 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5740 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5745 Here are some examples:
5748 \begin_layout Labeling
5749 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5750 Left The default for
5757 \begin_layout Labeling
5758 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5759 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5766 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5769 \begin_layout Labeling
5770 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5771 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5775 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5782 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5785 \begin_layout Subsection
5790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5799 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5807 \begin_inset space ~
5815 \begin_layout Standard
5816 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
5824 \begin_inset space ~
5830 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
5831 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
5832 In contrast, you can use the
5839 \begin_inset space ~
5844 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
5845 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
5849 \begin_layout Standard
5850 Of course, you're not limited to using
5857 \begin_inset space ~
5866 \begin_inset space ~
5871 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
5872 some European academic papers.
5875 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5877 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5879 name "sec:Address-Usage"
5886 \begin_layout Standard
5891 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
5892 for the opening and signature in some countries.
5896 \begin_inset space ~
5901 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
5902 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
5903 Here's an example of each:
5906 \begin_layout Right Address
5908 \begin_inset Newline newline
5912 \begin_inset Newline newline
5916 \begin_inset Newline newline
5919 When is it? What is today?
5922 \begin_layout Standard
5926 \begin_inset space ~
5932 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
5933 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
5934 Here's an example of the
5941 \begin_layout Address
5943 \begin_inset Newline newline
5946 Where do I send this
5947 \begin_inset Newline newline
5950 Your post office and country
5953 \begin_layout Standard
5954 As you can see, both
5961 \begin_inset space ~
5966 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
5971 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
5977 This makes sense, since
5985 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
5986 Thus, you have to use
5997 \begin_inset space ~
6000 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6002 \begin_inset space ~
6011 menu) to start a new line in an
6018 \begin_inset space ~
6026 \begin_layout Subsection
6030 \begin_layout Standard
6031 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6032 or list of references.
6033 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6036 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6052 \begin_layout Standard
6057 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6058 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6059 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6060 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6064 in anything else or vice versa.
6070 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6071 The book document classes ignores the
6075 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6079 in a letter document class.
6082 \begin_layout Standard
6087 environment does several things for you.
6088 First, it puts the centered label
6089 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6093 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6097 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6099 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6100 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6101 the subsequent text.
6102 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6103 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6106 \begin_layout Standard
6107 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6111 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6112 The new paragraph will still be in the
6117 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6118 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6121 \begin_layout Standard
6122 \begin_inset Float figure
6127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6129 \begin_inset Graphics
6130 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6139 \begin_inset Caption
6141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6142 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6144 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6165 \begin_layout Standard
6166 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6170 environment, but since this document is in the
6171 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6175 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6178 class, we can't do this.
6179 We inserted it therefore as figure
6180 \begin_inset space ~
6184 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6186 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6191 If you've never heard of an
6192 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6196 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6199 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6202 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6218 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6220 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6227 \begin_layout Standard
6232 environment is used to list references.
6233 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6234 only use it at the end of the document.
6239 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6242 \begin_layout Standard
6243 When you first open a
6247 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6248 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6252 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6256 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6260 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6263 depending on the document class.
6264 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6265 Each paragraph of the
6269 environment is a bibliography entry.
6274 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6275 Each new paragraph is still in the
6282 \begin_layout Standard
6283 For a detailed description of LyX's bibliography handling, have a look at
6285 \begin_inset space ~
6289 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6291 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6298 \begin_layout Subsection
6305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6306 Paragraph ! LyX code
6312 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6321 \begin_layout Standard
6326 environment is another LyX extension.
6327 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6332 key as a fixed whitespace;
6336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6348 \begin_inset space ~
6353 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6358 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6359 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6377 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6378 So, when you finish using the
6382 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6383 Also, you can nest the
6387 environment inside of others.
6390 \begin_layout Standard
6391 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6394 \begin_layout Itemize
6399 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.e.
6411 \begin_layout Itemize
6424 \begin_layout Itemize
6429 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6436 \begin_layout Itemize
6445 \begin_layout Itemize
6446 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6447 You must put at least one
6451 in any line you want blank.
6452 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6455 \begin_layout Itemize
6456 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6460 since that will insert
6465 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6473 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
6476 \begin_layout Standard
6480 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6484 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6488 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6492 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6496 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6497 printf("Hello World!
6502 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6506 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6510 \begin_layout Standard
6511 This is just the standard
6512 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6516 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6523 \begin_layout Standard
6528 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6529 rc-files, and so on.
6530 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6531 as if you used a typewriter.
6535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6536 Paragraph environments|)
6544 \begin_layout Section
6545 Nesting Environments
6549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6550 Nesting ! Environments
6556 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6565 \begin_layout Subsection
6569 \begin_layout Standard
6570 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6572 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
6574 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6576 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6578 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6582 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6588 \begin_layout Enumerate
6592 \begin_layout Enumerate
6597 \begin_layout Enumerate
6601 \begin_layout Enumerate
6606 \begin_layout Enumerate
6610 \begin_layout Standard
6611 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6612 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6615 \begin_inset space ~
6619 \begin_inset space ~
6627 \begin_inset space ~
6631 \begin_inset space ~
6640 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6641 will tell you how far you are nested).
6642 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6643 \begin_inset Graphics
6644 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6649 \begin_inset Graphics
6650 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6654 or the convenient key bindings
6662 to change the nesting level.
6663 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6664 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6668 \begin_layout Standard
6669 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6670 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6671 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6672 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6675 \begin_layout Standard
6676 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6677 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6679 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6682 \begin_layout Subsection
6683 What You Can and Can't Nest
6686 \begin_layout Standard
6687 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6688 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6691 \begin_layout Standard
6692 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6693 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6694 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6697 \begin_layout Itemize
6698 Completely unnestable
6701 \begin_layout Itemize
6702 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
6703 other things inside of them.
6706 \begin_layout Itemize
6707 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6711 \begin_layout Standard
6712 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6713 environments have them:
6716 \begin_layout Description
6717 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6718 Can't nest into them.
6722 \begin_layout Itemize
6728 \begin_layout Itemize
6734 \begin_layout Itemize
6740 \begin_layout Itemize
6746 \begin_layout Itemize
6753 \begin_layout Description
6755 \begin_inset space ~
6758 Nestable You can nest them.
6759 You can nest other things into them.
6763 \begin_layout Itemize
6769 \begin_layout Itemize
6775 \begin_layout Itemize
6781 \begin_layout Itemize
6787 \begin_layout Itemize
6793 \begin_layout Itemize
6799 \begin_layout Itemize
6805 \begin_layout Itemize
6812 \begin_layout Description
6813 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
6814 You can't nest anything into them.
6818 \begin_layout Itemize
6824 \begin_layout Itemize
6830 \begin_layout Itemize
6836 \begin_layout Itemize
6842 \begin_layout Itemize
6848 \begin_layout Itemize
6854 \begin_layout Itemize
6860 \begin_layout Itemize
6866 \begin_layout Itemize
6872 \begin_layout Itemize
6878 \begin_layout Itemize
6884 \begin_layout Itemize
6890 \begin_layout Itemize
6896 \begin_layout Itemize
6900 \begin_inset space ~
6906 \begin_layout Itemize
6913 \begin_layout Standard
6914 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6922 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
6931 \begin_inset space ~
6935 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6939 \begin_inset space ~
6942 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this.
6943 Because the aim is to create well structured documents following usual
6944 guidelines of typesetting, but nested section headings violates them.
6952 \begin_layout Subsection
6953 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
6957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6958 Nesting ! Tables etc.
6964 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6966 name "sec:table-and-fig-nesting"
6973 \begin_layout Standard
6974 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
6975 affected by nesting anyhow.
6979 \begin_layout Itemize
6983 \begin_layout Itemize
6987 \begin_layout Itemize
6991 \begin_layout Standard
6993 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7001 Figures and tables in
7005 are not affected by this.
7010 Have a look at section
7011 \begin_inset space ~
7015 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7017 reference "sec:Floats"
7021 for more informations about
7028 \begin_layout Standard
7029 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7030 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7034 \begin_layout Standard
7035 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7036 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7040 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7043 of its own, it behaves just like a
7044 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7048 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7051 paragraph environment.
7052 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7056 \begin_layout Standard
7057 Here's an example with a table:
7060 \begin_layout Enumerate
7065 \begin_layout Enumerate
7066 This is (a) and it's nested.
7070 \begin_layout Standard
7071 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7077 \begin_layout Standard
7079 \begin_inset Tabular
7080 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7082 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7083 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7167 \begin_layout Standard
7168 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7175 \begin_layout Enumerate
7177 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7181 \begin_layout Enumerate
7185 \begin_layout Standard
7186 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7189 \begin_layout Enumerate
7194 \begin_layout Enumerate
7195 This is (a) and it's nested.
7199 \begin_layout Standard
7200 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7206 \begin_layout Standard
7208 \begin_inset Tabular
7209 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7211 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7212 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7296 \begin_layout Standard
7297 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7303 \begin_layout Enumerate
7310 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7313 \begin_layout Enumerate
7317 \begin_layout Standard
7318 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7322 \begin_layout Standard
7323 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7325 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7328 \begin_layout Enumerate
7333 \begin_layout Enumerate
7334 This is (a) and it's nested.
7337 \begin_layout Standard
7338 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7344 \begin_layout Standard
7346 \begin_inset Tabular
7347 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7349 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7350 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7434 \begin_layout Standard
7435 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7441 \begin_layout Enumerate
7443 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7451 \begin_layout Enumerate
7455 \begin_layout Standard
7456 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7462 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7463 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7467 \begin_layout Subsection
7468 Usage and General Features
7469 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7471 name "sub:Nesting-Usage"
7478 \begin_layout Standard
7479 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7481 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7485 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7488 is the innermost possible depth.
7489 Here's an example to display what we mean:
7492 \begin_layout Enumerate
7493 level #1 - outermost
7497 \begin_layout Enumerate
7502 \begin_layout Enumerate
7507 \begin_layout Enumerate
7512 \begin_layout Itemize
7517 \begin_layout Itemize
7526 \begin_layout Standard
7527 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7528 both of them in the example.
7529 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7539 For example, if we tried to nest another
7544 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7548 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7554 \begin_layout Subsection
7559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7568 \begin_layout Standard
7569 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7570 We have several examples of nested environments.
7571 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7575 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7576 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7579 \begin_layout Labeling
7580 \labelwidthstring MMM
7581 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7590 \begin_layout Labeling
7591 \labelwidthstring MMM
7592 #2-a This is level #2.
7593 We created it by using
7605 \begin_layout Labeling
7606 \labelwidthstring MMM
7607 #3-a This is level #3.
7608 This time, we just hit
7617 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7630 \begin_layout Standard
7635 environment, nested inside of
7636 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7640 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7644 So, it's at level #4.
7645 We did this by hitting
7653 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7658 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
7674 \begin_layout Standard
7679 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7686 \begin_layout Labeling
7687 \labelwidthstring MMM
7688 #4-a This is level #4.
7693 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7698 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
7702 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7707 keep nesting things inside of
7708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7712 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7719 \begin_layout Labeling
7720 \labelwidthstring MMM
7721 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7726 \begin_layout Labeling
7727 \labelwidthstring MMM
7728 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7729 and this is level #6.
7730 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7734 \begin_layout Labeling
7735 \labelwidthstring MMM
7736 #5-b Back to level #5.
7749 \begin_layout Labeling
7750 \labelwidthstring MMM
7759 , we're back at level #4.
7763 \begin_layout Labeling
7764 \labelwidthstring MMM
7765 #3-b Back to level #3.
7766 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
7770 \begin_layout Labeling
7771 \labelwidthstring MMM
7772 #2-b Back to level #2.
7777 \begin_layout Labeling
7778 \labelwidthstring MMM
7779 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
7780 After this sentence, we'll hit
7784 and change the paragraph environment back to
7791 \begin_layout Standard
7792 We could have also used the
7808 environment in place of the
7813 The example would have worked exactly the same.
7816 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7817 Example 2: Inheritance
7820 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7821 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
7824 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7834 , after which, we'll change to the
7842 \begin_layout Enumerate
7847 environment, at level #2.
7850 \begin_layout Enumerate
7851 Notice how the nested
7855 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
7859 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
7863 \begin_layout Standard
7864 We ended this example by hitting
7869 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
7873 and resetting the nesting depth by using
7880 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7881 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
7893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7894 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
7902 \begin_layout Enumerate
7903 This is level #1, in an
7907 paragraph environment.
7908 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
7912 \begin_layout Enumerate
7923 Now, what happens if we nest an
7927 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
7928 label be? An asterisk?
7932 \begin_layout Itemize
7942 environment, even though it's at level #3.
7943 So, its label is a bullet.
7944 (We got here by using
7952 , then changing the environment to
7960 \begin_layout Itemize
7961 Here's level #4, produced using
7970 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7975 \begin_layout Enumerate
7976 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7978 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
7983 Notice the type of numbering, it is
7987 , because we are in the
8011 \begin_layout Enumerate
8016 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8017 type of numbering does LyX use?
8020 \begin_layout Enumerate
8021 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8025 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8028 \begin_layout Enumerate
8033 to decrease the depth after the next
8041 \begin_layout Enumerate
8043 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8047 \begin_layout Enumerate
8049 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8050 numeral as the label.Why?
8053 \begin_layout Enumerate
8054 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8063 Notice, however, that LyX
8067 reset the counter for the label.
8071 \begin_layout Enumerate
8080 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8081 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8082 into the twofold-nested
8090 \begin_layout Enumerate
8091 The same thing happens if we do another
8099 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8102 \begin_layout Standard
8103 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8108 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8122 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8128 The same rule applies for the
8132 environment, as well.
8135 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8136 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8139 \begin_layout Enumerate
8140 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8141 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8142 same detail with how we did it.
8151 \begin_layout Standard
8154 Return, S-M-Right, Standard
8156 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8157 example in parentheses someplace.
8158 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8159 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8160 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8164 \begin_layout Enumerate
8169 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8174 Now we'll add verse.
8175 \begin_inset Newline newline
8178 It will get much worse.
8179 \begin_inset Newline newline
8184 Return, S-M-Right, Verse
8190 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8191 \begin_inset Newline newline
8194 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8195 \begin_inset Newline newline
8208 \begin_layout Standard
8209 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8215 \begin_layout Standard
8217 \begin_inset Tabular
8218 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8220 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8221 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8309 M-Return, Table, S-M-Right
8313 M-Return, Verse, S-M-Left
8319 \begin_layout Enumerate
8324 : level #1) This is another item.
8325 Note that selecting a
8329 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8330 3 times to put the table inside the
8338 \begin_layout Quotation
8339 We're now ending the
8343 list and changing to
8348 We're still at level #1.
8349 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8350 The next set of paragraphs is a
8351 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8355 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8365 \begin_inset space ~
8370 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8374 for the letter body.
8379 to preserve the depth.
8380 Remember that you need to use
8384 to create multiple lines inside the
8391 \begin_inset space ~
8401 \begin_layout Right Address
8403 \begin_inset Newline newline
8406 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8407 \begin_inset Newline newline
8413 \begin_layout Address
8415 \begin_inset space ~
8421 \begin_layout Quotation
8422 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8423 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
8426 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8427 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8428 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8429 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8430 as soon as possible.
8431 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8434 \begin_layout Quotation
8435 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8436 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8437 with your order, along with payment.
8440 \begin_layout Quotation
8441 We thank you again for your patience.
8444 \begin_layout Address
8446 \begin_inset Newline newline
8453 \begin_layout Quotation
8454 That ends that example!
8457 \begin_layout Standard
8458 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8459 just a few keystrokes.
8460 We could have easily nested an
8481 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8484 \begin_layout Section
8485 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8498 \begin_layout Standard
8499 What is a space? While you might be used to press the space key anytime
8500 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8501 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8502 be broken at the end of a line.
8503 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8507 \begin_layout Subsection
8509 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8511 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8528 \begin_layout Standard
8529 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8531 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8535 Further documentation is given in section
8536 \begin_inset Newline newline
8540 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8542 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8550 \begin_layout Standard
8551 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8552 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8556 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8560 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8564 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8566 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8571 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8575 A protected space is set with
8577 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8578 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8582 \begin_inset space ~
8596 \begin_layout Subsection
8598 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8600 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8609 Spacing ! Horizontal
8617 \begin_layout Standard
8618 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
8620 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8621 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8625 The length units are listed in Appendix
8626 \begin_inset space ~
8630 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8632 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8639 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8641 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8643 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8660 \begin_layout Standard
8662 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8666 \begin_inset space \space{}
8669 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
8670 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
8671 \begin_inset space ~
8675 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8677 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
8682 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
8683 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
8690 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8692 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8694 name "sub:Thin-Space"
8702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8711 \begin_layout Standard
8713 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8717 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8720 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
8721 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8725 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8729 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
8730 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
8731 inside abbreviations:
8736 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8740 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program, i.
8741 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8745 \begin_inset space \space{}
8751 \begin_layout Standard
8752 or between values and units.
8753 Compare for example this:
8754 \begin_inset Newline newline
8758 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8762 \begin_inset Newline newline
8768 \begin_layout Standard
8769 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
8771 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8772 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8774 \begin_inset space ~
8786 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8788 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8790 name "sub:More-Spaces"
8797 \begin_layout Standard
8798 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
8801 \begin_layout Description
8803 \begin_inset space ~
8807 \begin_inset space ~
8811 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8815 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
8819 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8822 Negative thin space between the arrows.
8825 \begin_layout Description
8827 \begin_inset space ~
8831 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8835 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8839 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
8843 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8847 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8850 em) space between the arrows.
8853 \begin_layout Description
8855 \begin_inset space ~
8859 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8863 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8867 \begin_inset space \quad{}
8871 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8875 \begin_inset space ~
8879 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8882 em) space between the arrows.
8885 \begin_layout Description
8887 \begin_inset space ~
8891 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8895 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8899 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
8903 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8907 \begin_inset space ~
8911 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8914 em) space between the arrows.
8917 \begin_layout Description
8919 \begin_inset space ~
8923 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8927 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
8932 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8936 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8939 cm space between the arrows.
8942 \begin_layout Standard
8944 \begin_inset space ~
8948 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8950 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
8954 lists the different space sizes.
8957 \begin_layout Standard
8958 \begin_inset Float table
8963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8965 \begin_inset Caption
8967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8968 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8970 name "tab:Width-of-the"
8974 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
8982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8984 \begin_inset Tabular
8985 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
8987 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8988 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9028 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9052 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9076 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9100 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9115 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9128 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9143 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9156 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9171 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9184 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9205 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9223 \begin_layout Standard
9224 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9225 in a uniform fashion.
9226 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9227 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9228 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9229 equally between themselves.
9233 \begin_layout Standard
9234 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9239 This is on the left side
9240 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9243 This is on the right
9249 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9253 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9262 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9266 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9270 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9276 \begin_layout Standard
9277 That was an example in the
9283 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9287 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9291 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9294 is one in a standard paragraph.
9295 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9299 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9302 \begin_layout Standard
9303 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9306 \begin_inset space ~
9311 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9314 \begin_layout Standard
9316 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9320 \begin_inset space ~
9326 \begin_layout Standard
9328 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9332 \begin_inset space ~
9338 \begin_layout Standard
9340 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9344 \begin_inset space ~
9350 \begin_layout Standard
9352 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9356 \begin_inset space ~
9362 \begin_layout Standard
9364 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9368 \begin_inset space ~
9374 \begin_layout Standard
9376 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9380 \begin_inset space ~
9386 \begin_layout Standard
9387 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9395 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9399 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9400 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9401 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9405 option in the space dialog.
9413 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9427 \begin_layout Standard
9428 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9430 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9433 \begin_layout Standard
9434 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9437 What is correct English?:
9438 \begin_inset Newline newline
9442 \begin_inset Newline newline
9446 \begin_inset space ~
9449 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9450 \begin_inset Newline newline
9457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9468 \begin_inset Newline newline
9475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9486 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9492 \begin_layout Standard
9493 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9494 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9498 \begin_inset space ~
9502 \begin_inset space ~
9506 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9510 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9522 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9526 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9528 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
9532 for more information about TeX-Code.
9538 In our case write the command
9545 (note the space after
9546 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9550 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9553 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9554 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9555 That is why it is named
9556 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9560 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9568 There exists also the commands
9580 , but this too special for the LyX User Guide.
9581 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9582 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9584 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9596 \begin_layout Subsection
9598 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9600 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9617 \begin_layout Standard
9618 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
9620 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9621 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9623 \begin_inset space ~
9629 There you find the following sizes:
9632 \begin_layout Standard
9645 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
9650 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
9652 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9665 for the paragraph separation.
9666 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
9677 \begin_layout Standard
9686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9692 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
9693 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
9695 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
9696 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
9705 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
9709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9714 s are described in section
9715 \begin_inset space ~
9719 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9721 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9730 If there are several
9734 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
9735 You can therefore use
9739 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
9742 \begin_layout Standard
9747 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
9748 \begin_inset space ~
9752 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9754 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9761 \begin_layout Standard
9762 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9772 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
9773 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
9785 \begin_layout Subsection
9789 \begin_layout Standard
9790 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
9792 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9796 There are four possibilities:
9799 \begin_layout Itemize
9805 \begin_layout Itemize
9811 \begin_layout Itemize
9817 \begin_layout Itemize
9823 \begin_layout Standard
9824 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
9825 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
9826 the left and right margins.
9827 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
9830 \begin_layout Standard
9832 This paragraph is right aligned,
9835 \begin_layout Standard
9837 this one is centered,
9840 \begin_layout Standard
9842 this one is left aligned.
9845 \begin_layout Subsection
9850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9851 Page breaks ! Forced
9857 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9859 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
9866 \begin_layout Standard
9867 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
9868 can force a page break where you want one.
9869 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
9870 Only if you use many
9874 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
9877 \begin_layout Standard
9878 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
9879 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
9883 have to change the page breaking.
9886 \begin_layout Standard
9887 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
9889 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
9891 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9892 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9894 \begin_inset space ~
9900 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
9902 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9903 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9905 \begin_inset space ~
9910 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
9912 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
9913 on which only the last few lines are absent.
9916 \begin_layout Standard
9917 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
9918 at the top of a page.
9919 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
9920 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
9921 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
9922 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
9924 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9926 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
9937 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9939 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9941 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
9949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9958 \begin_layout Standard
9959 Differently to forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is directly
9960 placed at the next page, pages can also be cleared while breaking them.
9961 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and all, perhaps not
9962 yet processed floats from previous document parts are placed behind it,
9963 if necessary by adding pages.
9966 \begin_layout Standard
9967 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
9969 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9970 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9972 \begin_inset space ~
9978 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
9980 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9981 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9983 \begin_inset space ~
9987 \begin_inset space ~
9992 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
9993 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
9996 \begin_layout Subsection
10001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10008 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10010 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10017 \begin_layout Standard
10018 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10020 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10022 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10023 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10025 \begin_inset space ~
10029 \begin_inset space ~
10039 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10041 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10042 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10044 \begin_inset space ~
10048 \begin_inset space ~
10053 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10055 This is necessary to avoid
10056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10060 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10063 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10066 \begin_layout Standard
10067 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10068 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10069 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10070 set a line break, e.g.
10071 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10072 \begin_inset space ~
10076 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10078 reference "sec:Quote"
10083 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10085 reference "sec:Verse"
10090 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10092 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10099 \begin_layout Subsection
10101 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10103 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10120 \begin_layout Standard
10125 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10126 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10128 \begin_inset space ~
10133 you can insert horizontal lines that spans over the whole document columns
10139 \begin_layout Section
10140 Characters and Symbols
10143 \begin_layout Standard
10144 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10145 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10146 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10150 \begin_inset space ~
10153 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10155 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10159 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10161 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10165 for informations how this is done.
10168 \begin_layout Standard
10169 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10174 dialog via the menu
10176 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10177 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10183 \begin_layout Standard
10184 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10192 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10193 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10194 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10202 \begin_layout Section
10203 Fonts and Text Styles
10204 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10206 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10213 \begin_layout Subsection
10218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10227 \begin_layout Standard
10228 There are two types of fonts:
10231 \begin_layout Description
10233 \begin_inset space ~
10240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10246 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.e.
10247 characters) in the font.
10248 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10249 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10250 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10251 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10252 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10253 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
10254 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
10255 provide a good image.
10256 \begin_inset Newline newline
10259 One could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10260 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10261 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
10262 sizes than at small ones.
10263 \begin_inset Newline newline
10277 \begin_inset space ~
10285 \begin_layout Description
10287 \begin_inset space ~
10294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10300 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10301 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10302 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10303 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10304 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10305 picture manipulation program.
10306 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10307 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10308 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10309 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10310 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10312 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
10313 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10314 \begin_inset Newline newline
10317 Bitmap fonts are named
10320 \begin_inset space ~
10325 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10328 \begin_layout Standard
10329 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
10330 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10331 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10332 That's the reason why nearly all text render and typesetting programs use
10336 \begin_layout Standard
10337 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10338 its document properties.
10341 \begin_layout Standard
10342 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10343 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10344 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10345 font to emphasize text, you use an
10346 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10350 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10354 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10355 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10359 \begin_layout Subsection
10360 Document Font and Font size
10361 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10363 name "sub:Document-Font"
10371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10390 \begin_layout Standard
10391 You can set the document fonts in the
10393 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10401 Document ! Settings
10407 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
10408 font shapes roman (serif),
10411 \begin_inset space ~
10423 \begin_layout Standard
10424 The possible options for the font include
10428 and a list of fonts available on your system.
10433 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
10434 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10442 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10450 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10455 European Computer Modern
10458 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10468 \begin_layout Standard
10477 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
10478 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
10482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10483 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10486 \begin_inset space ~
10491 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10497 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10498 There are three ways to use one:
10501 \begin_layout Itemize
10502 One way is to use the
10512 Virtual means that it
10513 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10517 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10524 -glyphs from other fonts.
10525 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
10527 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10531 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10535 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10539 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10547 Loading the LaTeX-package
10555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10556 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
10561 with the document preamble line
10564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10569 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
10572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10573 will fix the guillemet problem.
10578 and that accented characters are not
10582 glyph, they are build of
10586 characters, the accent and the letter.
10587 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
10591 fonts for words with accented characters.
10592 If you search for example for the French word
10593 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10597 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10600 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
10602 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10606 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10609 and not for the glyph
10610 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10614 \begin_inset space ~
10618 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10624 \begin_layout Itemize
10625 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
10629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10638 , consists of these three main font types
10641 \begin_inset space ~
10670 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10674 \begin_inset space ~
10681 as typewriter font.
10682 \begin_inset Newline newline
10685 The differences between roman,
10688 \begin_inset space ~
10697 fonts are explained in section
10698 \begin_inset space ~
10702 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10704 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10709 \begin_inset Newline newline
10716 was originally designed for newspapers.
10717 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
10718 into the small newspaper columns.
10723 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
10726 \begin_layout Itemize
10727 The best solution is to use the
10736 These fonts are developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
10741 In most cases they look the same as
10749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10750 One difference is improved kerning for the
10763 covers a vast number of characters over the other two families
10774 \begin_layout Standard
10775 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10778 For the font size there are four possible values:
10795 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
10798 \begin_layout Standard
10799 The font sizes are the
10804 LyX actually scales all other possible font sizes (such as those used in
10805 footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
10806 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
10809 \begin_inset space ~
10815 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
10816 \begin_inset space ~
10820 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10822 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10829 \begin_layout Standard
10830 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10834 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10842 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
10846 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
10847 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
10848 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
10850 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10853 dialog, see section
10854 \begin_inset space ~
10858 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10860 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
10872 \begin_layout Subsection
10873 Using Different Character Styles
10877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10896 \begin_layout Standard
10897 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
10898 certain paragraph environments.
10899 LyX supports two character styles,
10908 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
10912 \begin_layout Standard
10917 style, do one of the following:
10920 \begin_layout Itemize
10921 click on the toolbar button
10922 \begin_inset Graphics
10923 filename ../images/font-noun.png
10930 \begin_layout Itemize
10931 use the key binding
10934 \begin_inset space ~
10940 \begin_layout Standard
10941 These commands are all toggles.
10946 style is already active, they deactivate it.
10949 \begin_layout Standard
10950 One typically uses the
10954 style for proper names.
10956 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10963 is the original author of LyX.
10964 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10970 \begin_layout Standard
10971 A more widely used character style is the
10976 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
10983 \begin_layout Itemize
10984 clicking on the toolbar button
10985 \begin_inset Graphics
10986 filename ../images/font-emph.png
10993 \begin_layout Itemize
10994 using the keybindings
10997 \begin_inset space ~
11003 \begin_layout Standard
11008 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
11009 es use a different font.
11012 \begin_layout Standard
11013 We've been using the
11017 style all over the place in this document.
11018 Here's one more example:
11021 \begin_layout Quotation
11024 Don't overuse character styles!
11027 \begin_layout Standard
11028 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
11029 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
11030 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
11031 the common tendency to overuse character style.
11035 \begin_layout Standard
11036 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
11039 \begin_inset space ~
11046 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11048 \begin_inset space ~
11056 \begin_layout Subsection
11057 Fine-Tuning with the
11062 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11064 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11081 \begin_layout Standard
11082 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
11083 gives you a way to create custom character style.
11084 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
11085 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
11086 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
11087 from ordinary dialog.
11090 \begin_layout Standard
11091 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
11092 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
11093 \begin_inset Newline newline
11096 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
11097 tend to look like someone has knocked huge holes in it.
11100 \begin_layout Standard
11101 To use custom character styles, open the
11103 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11105 \begin_inset space ~
11111 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
11112 font property which you can choose.
11113 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
11116 \begin_inset space ~
11121 , which keeps the current state of that property.
11126 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
11127 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
11128 environments in a snap.
11131 \begin_layout Standard
11132 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
11135 \begin_inset space ~
11147 \begin_layout Labeling
11148 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11154 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11158 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11162 The possible options are:
11166 \begin_layout Labeling
11167 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11172 This is the Roman font family.
11173 Normally a serif font.
11174 It's also the default family.
11179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11191 \begin_inset space ~
11200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11208 \begin_inset Note Note
11211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11212 The LaTeX-command prevents text to be broken at the end of a line.
11213 It is explained in section
11214 \begin_inset space ~
11218 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11220 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
11232 \begin_layout Labeling
11233 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11237 \begin_inset space ~
11244 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11263 \begin_inset space ~
11272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11282 \begin_layout Labeling
11283 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11290 This is the Typewriter font family.
11297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11309 \begin_inset space ~
11318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11331 \begin_layout Labeling
11332 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11337 This corresponds to the print weight.
11342 \begin_layout Labeling
11343 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11348 This is the Medium font series.
11349 It's also the default series.
11352 \begin_layout Labeling
11353 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11360 This is the Bold font series.
11367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11379 \begin_inset space ~
11388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11399 \begin_layout Labeling
11400 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11405 As the name implies.
11410 \begin_layout Labeling
11411 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11416 This is the Upright font shape.
11417 It's also the default shape.
11420 \begin_layout Labeling
11421 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11435 s the Italic font shape
11441 \begin_layout Labeling
11442 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11449 This is the Slanted font shape
11451 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11454 \begin_layout Labeling
11455 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11459 \begin_inset space ~
11466 This is the Small caps font shape
11473 \begin_layout Labeling
11474 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11479 Alters the size of the font.
11480 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11481 nal to the document font size.
11482 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11483 what you want to do.
11488 \begin_layout Labeling
11489 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11523 \begin_inset space ~
11532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11555 \begin_inset space ~
11564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11574 \begin_layout Labeling
11575 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11583 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11587 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11609 \begin_inset space ~
11618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11628 \begin_layout Labeling
11629 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11637 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11641 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11663 \begin_inset space ~
11672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11695 \begin_inset space ~
11704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11714 \begin_layout Labeling
11715 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11723 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11727 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11749 \begin_inset space ~
11758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11781 \begin_inset space ~
11790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11800 \begin_layout Labeling
11801 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11807 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11811 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11815 It's also the default size.
11820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11832 \begin_inset space ~
11841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11864 \begin_inset space ~
11873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11883 \begin_layout Labeling
11884 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11892 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11896 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11918 \begin_inset space ~
11927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11950 \begin_inset space ~
11959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11969 \begin_layout Labeling
11970 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11978 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11982 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12004 \begin_inset space ~
12013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12036 \begin_inset space ~
12045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12055 \begin_layout Labeling
12056 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12064 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12068 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12090 \begin_inset space ~
12099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12109 \begin_layout Labeling
12110 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12118 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12122 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12144 \begin_inset space ~
12153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12176 \begin_inset space ~
12185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12195 \begin_layout Labeling
12196 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12204 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12208 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12230 \begin_inset space ~
12239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12262 \begin_inset space ~
12271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12282 \begin_layout Standard
12287 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12288 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12289 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12290 - use that instead.
12291 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12294 \begin_layout Labeling
12295 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12300 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12305 \begin_layout Labeling
12306 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12313 This is text with emphasize on
12316 This might seem like the same as
12320 , but it is actually a bit different.
12326 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12328 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12331 \begin_layout Labeling
12332 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12339 This is text with Underbar on.
12346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12358 \begin_inset space ~
12367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12377 \begin_inset Newline newline
12382 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
12383 when you couldn't change fonts.
12384 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12385 It's only included in LyX because some people
12389 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12392 \begin_layout Labeling
12393 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12400 This is text with Noun on.
12407 , this is a logical attribute.
12408 Normally it's equivalent to
12411 \begin_inset space ~
12420 \begin_layout Labeling
12421 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12426 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12427 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12431 \begin_inset space ~
12436 , which is the default
12437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12441 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12444 and means normally black, you can choose between
12480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12489 \begin_layout Labeling
12490 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12495 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12496 the language of the document.
12497 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12501 \begin_layout Standard
12502 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12503 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12505 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12507 \begin_inset space ~
12512 dialog, the settings are saved.
12513 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12514 \begin_inset Graphics
12515 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12520 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12521 when the dialog isn't visible.
12525 \begin_layout Standard
12526 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12529 \begin_inset space ~
12535 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12536 (suppose you just set the shape to
12537 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12541 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12545 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12549 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12555 \begin_inset space ~
12567 \begin_layout Standard
12568 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12576 \begin_inset space ~
12588 \begin_layout Itemize
12594 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12598 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12601 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12602 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12606 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12610 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12614 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12619 \begin_inset Newline newline
12626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12651 \begin_inset Note Note
12654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12655 For more on phantoms see section
12656 \begin_inset space ~
12660 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12662 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12672 \begin_inset Newline newline
12678 \begin_layout Itemize
12683 fonts use characters with serifs.
12684 These are the small
12685 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12689 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12692 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
12693 The following example will show the difference:
12694 \begin_inset Newline newline
12698 \begin_inset Newline newline
12703 text without serifs
12706 \begin_inset Newline newline
12709 Serifs facilitates an easy and fast reading.
12710 They are therefore used as default font (named
12717 \begin_layout Itemize
12723 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12724 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12727 \begin_layout Standard
12728 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12729 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12732 \begin_layout Section
12733 Printing and Previewing
12736 \begin_layout Subsection
12740 \begin_layout Standard
12741 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12742 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12743 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12744 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12745 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
12748 \begin_inset space ~
12756 \begin_layout Standard
12757 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12758 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12759 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12760 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12761 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12762 This happens in two stages:
12765 \begin_layout Enumerate
12766 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12767 generating a file with the extension,
12768 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12776 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12782 \begin_layout Enumerate
12783 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12787 file to produce printable output.
12791 \begin_layout Subsection
12792 Output file formats
12796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12803 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12805 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12812 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12818 File formats ! ASCII
12826 \begin_layout Standard
12827 This file type has the extension
12828 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12836 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12840 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12841 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12844 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12845 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12851 \begin_layout Standard
12852 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12854 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12855 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12861 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12867 File formats ! LaTeX
12875 \begin_layout Standard
12876 This file type has the extension
12877 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12885 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12888 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12890 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12891 it manually with console commands.
12892 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12893 you view or export your document.
12896 \begin_layout Standard
12897 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12899 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12900 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12917 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12931 \begin_layout Standard
12932 This file type has the extension
12933 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12941 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12946 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12950 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12953 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12954 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12955 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
12957 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12961 \begin_layout Standard
12962 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12970 The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
12971 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12976 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
12977 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12978 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
12979 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12982 \begin_layout Standard
12983 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12985 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12986 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12992 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12998 File formats ! PostScript
13006 \begin_layout Standard
13007 This file type has the extension
13008 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13016 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13020 PostScript was developed by the company
13024 as printer language.
13025 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
13027 PostScript can be seen as
13028 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13031 programming language
13032 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13035 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
13039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13040 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
13049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13050 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
13060 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
13063 \begin_layout Standard
13064 PostScript can only contain images in the format
13065 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13068 Encapsulated PostScript
13069 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13072 (EPS, file extension
13073 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13081 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13085 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
13086 to convert them in the background to EPS.
13087 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
13088 whenever you view or export your document.
13089 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
13090 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
13091 EPS to avoid this problem.
13094 \begin_layout Standard
13095 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
13097 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13098 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13104 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13128 \begin_layout Standard
13129 This file type has the extension
13130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13138 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13143 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13146 Portable Document Format
13147 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13150 (PDF) is developed by
13154 as derivative from PostScript.
13155 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
13157 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13161 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13164 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
13165 looks exactly the same.
13168 \begin_layout Standard
13169 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
13170 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13173 Joint Photographic Experts Group
13174 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13177 (JPG, file extension
13178 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13186 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13190 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13198 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13202 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13205 Portable Network Graphics
13206 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13209 (PNG, file extension
13210 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13218 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13222 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
13223 in the background to one of these formats.
13224 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
13225 will slow down your workflow.
13226 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
13229 \begin_layout Standard
13230 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
13232 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13235 in three different ways:
13238 \begin_layout Description
13239 PDF This uses the program
13243 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
13244 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
13248 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
13249 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
13252 \begin_layout Description
13254 \begin_inset space ~
13257 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
13261 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
13265 \begin_layout Description
13267 \begin_inset space ~
13270 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13274 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13277 \begin_layout Standard
13278 We recommend to use
13281 \begin_inset space ~
13290 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
13296 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
13299 \begin_layout Subsection
13304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13313 \begin_layout Standard
13314 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13315 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13319 and choose a file type.
13320 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
13323 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13326 you can use the toolbar button
13327 \begin_inset Graphics
13328 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13338 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13340 \begin_inset space ~
13346 \begin_inset Graphics
13347 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13353 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13357 \begin_inset Graphics
13358 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13369 \begin_layout Standard
13370 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13371 viewer window using the menu
13373 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13379 \begin_layout Standard
13380 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13382 To have a real output, export your document.
13385 \begin_layout Subsection
13386 Printing the File from within LyX
13387 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13389 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13396 \begin_layout Standard
13397 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
13398 it directly from within LyX.
13399 To print a file, select the menu
13401 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13404 or click on the toolbar button
13405 \begin_inset Graphics
13406 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
13411 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13412 This file is then processed by the program
13416 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13421 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13424 \begin_layout Standard
13425 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
13426 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13427 printing one set to print on the other side.
13428 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13429 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13430 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13433 \begin_layout Standard
13434 You can set the parameters in the
13437 \begin_inset space ~
13445 \begin_layout Labeling
13446 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13451 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13456 Note that this printer name is for the program
13465 has to be configured for this printer name.
13466 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13467 \begin_inset space ~
13471 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13473 reference "sub:Printer"
13482 The printer should understand PostScript.
13485 \begin_layout Labeling
13486 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13491 The name of a file to print to.
13492 The output will be a PostScript file.
13493 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13497 \begin_layout Section
13498 A few Words about Typography
13502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13511 \begin_layout Subsection
13516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13523 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13532 \begin_layout Standard
13534 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13542 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13545 character comes in three lengths, often called the
13560 \begin_layout Enumerate
13562 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13566 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13570 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13578 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13584 \begin_layout Enumerate
13586 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13590 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13594 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13615 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13621 \begin_layout Enumerate
13623 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13627 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13631 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13665 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13671 \begin_layout Enumerate
13673 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13677 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13681 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13685 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13693 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13699 \begin_layout Standard
13700 You generate them by inserting the
13701 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13709 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13712 character multiple times in a row.
13713 They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
13714 final output, but not in LyX.
13717 \begin_layout Standard
13718 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13719 math mode and has a length of its own.
13720 Here are some examples of the
13721 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13729 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13735 \begin_layout Enumerate
13736 line- and page-breaks
13737 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13747 \begin_layout Enumerate
13749 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13759 \begin_layout Enumerate
13760 Oh --- there's a dash.
13761 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13771 \begin_layout Enumerate
13772 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13776 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13786 \begin_layout Subsection
13791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13798 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13800 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13807 \begin_layout Standard
13808 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13809 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13818 LaTeX-packages ! babel
13823 following the rules of the document language
13827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13828 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13836 \begin_inset space ~
13840 \begin_inset space ~
13847 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13858 \begin_layout Standard
13859 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
13864 and with unusual constructs, like
13865 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13869 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13873 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13874 This is done with the menu
13876 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13877 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13879 \begin_inset space ~
13885 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13886 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13889 \begin_layout Standard
13890 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13891 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
13892 a hyphen and a space in the form
13893 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13897 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13901 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
13902 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13906 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13909 as hyphenation possibility.
13910 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13911 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
13912 of the LaTeX-box-command
13918 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13919 As LyX doesn't support
13925 , we have to use TeX Code.
13926 The result looks in LyX like:
13929 \begin_layout Standard
13930 \begin_inset Graphics
13931 filename clipart/mbox.png
13938 \begin_layout Standard
13939 To learn more about TeX Code, have a look at section
13940 \begin_inset space ~
13944 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13946 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
13953 \begin_layout Subsection
13958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13967 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13968 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13969 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13971 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13978 \begin_layout Standard
13979 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13980 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13981 LaTeX then adds the
13982 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13985 appropriate amount of space
13986 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13990 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13992 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13995 \begin_layout Standard
13996 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
13999 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14007 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14010 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
14011 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
14014 \begin_layout Standard
14015 Here are some examples of
14019 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
14022 \begin_layout Itemize
14027 \begin_layout Itemize
14032 \begin_layout Standard
14033 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
14036 \begin_layout Itemize
14039 this is too much space!
14042 \begin_layout Itemize
14047 \begin_layout Standard
14048 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
14051 \begin_layout Standard
14052 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
14055 \begin_layout Enumerate
14059 \begin_inset space ~
14064 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
14065 \begin_inset space ~
14069 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14071 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
14079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14080 Spaces ! inter-word
14088 \begin_layout Enumerate
14092 \begin_inset space ~
14097 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
14098 \begin_inset space ~
14102 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14104 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
14112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14121 \begin_layout Enumerate
14125 \begin_inset space ~
14129 \begin_inset space ~
14133 \begin_inset space ~
14140 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14142 \begin_inset space ~
14147 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
14148 This function is also bound to
14155 \begin_layout Standard
14156 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
14159 \begin_layout Itemize
14161 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14165 \begin_inset space \space{}
14168 this is too much space!
14171 \begin_layout Itemize
14172 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
14176 \begin_layout Standard
14177 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
14178 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
14179 LaTeX will care about this.
14182 \begin_layout Standard
14183 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
14187 \begin_inset space ~
14192 feature described in section
14203 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14209 Typography ! Quotes
14218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14247 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14256 \begin_layout Standard
14257 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14258 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14259 and use a closing quote at the end.
14261 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14265 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14269 The keyboard character,
14273 , generates this automatically.
14276 \begin_layout Standard
14277 You can change the behavior of the
14281 key using the submenu
14287 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14295 Document ! Settings
14303 \begin_layout Standard
14304 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14309 There are six choices:
14312 \begin_layout Labeling
14313 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14316 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14320 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14325 Use quotes like this
14326 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14330 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14334 \begin_inset Quotes els
14338 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14344 \begin_layout Labeling
14345 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14348 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14352 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14358 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14362 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14366 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14372 \begin_layout Labeling
14373 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14376 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14380 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14386 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14390 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14394 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14398 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14404 \begin_layout Labeling
14405 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14408 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14412 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14418 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14422 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14426 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14430 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14436 \begin_layout Labeling
14437 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14440 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14444 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14450 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14454 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14458 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14462 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14468 \begin_layout Labeling
14469 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14472 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14476 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14482 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14486 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14490 \begin_inset Quotes als
14494 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14500 \begin_layout Standard
14501 These settings affects what character the
14508 \begin_layout Subsection
14513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14514 Typography ! Ligatures
14523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14552 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14554 name "sub:Ligatures"
14561 \begin_layout Standard
14562 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14563 print them as single characters.
14564 These groups are known as
14569 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14571 Here are the standard ligatures:
14574 \begin_layout Itemize
14578 \begin_layout Itemize
14582 \begin_layout Itemize
14586 \begin_layout Itemize
14590 \begin_layout Itemize
14594 \begin_layout Standard
14595 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14598 \begin_layout Standard
14599 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14600 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14601 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14605 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14608 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14609 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14613 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14617 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14621 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14624 To break a ligature, use
14626 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14627 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14629 \begin_inset space ~
14636 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14640 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14644 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14647 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14649 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14653 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14657 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14661 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14664 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14666 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14672 \begin_layout Subsection
14677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14684 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14686 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14693 \begin_layout Standard
14694 You have surely noticed, that the word
14695 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14699 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14702 appears always with characters in different size and height.
14703 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14704 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
14705 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14720 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14724 \begin_inset Note Note
14727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14728 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14729 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14733 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14736 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14737 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14742 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14746 \begin_layout Description
14747 LyX The name of the game, write
14748 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14763 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14769 \begin_layout Description
14770 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14771 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14786 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14792 \begin_layout Description
14793 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14794 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14809 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14815 \begin_layout Description
14816 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14817 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14832 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14838 \begin_layout Standard
14839 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14840 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14844 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14848 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14852 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14853 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14854 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14857 : The actual version is
14858 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14862 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14865 , the previous one was
14866 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14870 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14876 \begin_layout Standard
14877 If you don't want to use proper names, e.g.
14878 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14880 This will look in LyX like:
14881 \begin_inset Graphics
14882 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14887 \begin_inset Newline newline
14890 For more about TeX Code, look at section
14891 \begin_inset space ~
14895 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14897 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14904 \begin_layout Subsection
14909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14918 \begin_layout Standard
14919 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14920 space between two words.
14921 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14928 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14931 for units use the menu
14933 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14934 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14936 \begin_inset space ~
14948 \begin_layout Standard
14949 Here's an example to show the differences:
14952 \begin_layout Standard
14953 \begin_inset Tabular
14954 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14956 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14957 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14964 \begin_inset space ~
14968 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14980 space between number and unit
14987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14992 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14996 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
15004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15008 half space between number and unit
15021 \begin_layout Subsection
15026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15027 Typography ! Widows and orphans
15033 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15042 \begin_layout Standard
15043 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
15045 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
15046 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
15047 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
15048 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
15049 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
15050 These bits of text became known as
15061 \begin_layout Standard
15062 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
15063 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
15064 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
15065 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
15066 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
15067 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
15068 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
15071 \begin_layout Standard
15072 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
15073 or how you can tweak that behavior.
15074 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
15075 \begin_inset space ~
15079 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15081 key "latexcompanion"
15086 \begin_inset space ~
15090 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15096 ] may have more information.
15097 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
15100 \begin_layout Chapter
15101 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
15102 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15104 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
15111 \begin_layout Standard
15112 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
15117 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
15120 \begin_layout Section
15125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15132 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15141 \begin_layout Standard
15142 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
15145 \begin_layout Description
15147 \begin_inset space ~
15150 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
15151 \begin_inset Newline newline
15155 \begin_inset Note Note
15158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15159 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
15167 \begin_layout Description
15168 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
15169 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
15171 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15172 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15173 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
15176 \begin_inset Newline newline
15180 \begin_inset Note Comment
15183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15184 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
15192 \begin_layout Description
15194 \begin_inset space ~
15197 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
15198 \begin_inset Newline newline
15202 \begin_inset Newline newline
15206 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15215 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
15216 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
15217 How this can be done is explained in the
15226 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
15232 \begin_inset Newline newline
15236 \begin_inset Newline newline
15239 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
15240 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
15243 \begin_layout Standard
15244 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15245 \begin_inset Graphics
15246 filename ../images/note-insert.png
15248 scaleBeforeRotation
15254 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15258 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15261 \begin_layout Section
15266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15273 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15275 name "sec:Footnotes"
15282 \begin_layout Standard
15283 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15286 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15289 or the toolbar button
15290 \begin_inset Graphics
15291 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
15304 \begin_inset Graphics
15305 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15314 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15324 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15332 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15343 label, the box will
15347 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15348 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15361 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15377 \begin_layout Standard
15378 Here's an example footnote:
15386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15387 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
15395 \begin_layout Standard
15396 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15397 position where the footnote box is placed.
15398 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15399 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15400 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15401 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15402 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15407 ey are described in the
15414 \begin_layout Section
15419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15426 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15428 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15435 \begin_layout Standard
15436 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15437 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15439 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15441 \begin_inset space ~
15446 or the toolbar button
15447 \begin_inset Graphics
15448 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15468 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15472 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15475 appearing within your text.
15476 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15485 \begin_layout Standard
15486 At the side is an example marginal note.
15490 \begin_inset Marginal
15493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15494 This is a marginal note.
15502 \begin_layout Standard
15503 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15504 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
15505 pages, right on odd pages.
15508 \begin_layout Section
15509 Graphics and Images
15513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15530 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15532 name "sec:Graphics"
15539 \begin_layout Standard
15540 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15541 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15542 \begin_inset Graphics
15543 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15549 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15553 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15556 \begin_layout Standard
15557 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15562 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15563 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15565 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15566 \begin_inset space ~
15570 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15572 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15579 \begin_layout Standard
15584 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15585 of the image in the output.
15586 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15590 \begin_inset space ~
15594 \begin_inset space ~
15603 \begin_inset space ~
15607 \begin_inset space ~
15611 \begin_inset space ~
15616 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15617 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15625 \begin_layout Standard
15628 LaTeX and LyX options
15630 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
15631 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
15635 \begin_inset space ~
15640 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
15641 with the image size is printed.
15645 \begin_inset space ~
15649 \begin_inset space ~
15653 \begin_inset space ~
15658 is explained in the
15669 \begin_layout Standard
15670 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
15671 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15673 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
15677 \begin_layout Standard
15679 \begin_inset Graphics
15680 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15682 rotateOrigin center
15689 \begin_layout Standard
15690 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15691 the image into a float, see section
15692 \begin_inset space ~
15696 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15698 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15705 \begin_layout Subsection
15710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15717 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15719 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15726 \begin_layout Standard
15727 You can insert images in any known file format.
15728 But as we explained in section
15729 \begin_inset space ~
15733 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15735 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15739 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15740 LyX uses therefore the program
15744 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15745 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15746 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15747 \begin_inset space ~
15751 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15753 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15760 \begin_layout Standard
15761 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15764 \begin_layout Description
15766 \begin_inset space ~
15769 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15770 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15771 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15772 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15775 Graphics Interchange Format
15776 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15779 (GIF, file extension
15780 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15788 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15824 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15827 Portable Network Graphics
15828 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15831 (PNG, file extension
15832 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15840 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15876 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15879 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15880 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15883 (JPG, file extension
15884 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15892 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15896 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15904 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15942 \begin_layout Description
15944 \begin_inset space ~
15947 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15949 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15950 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15951 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15952 \begin_inset Newline newline
15955 Scalable image formats can be
15956 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15959 Scalable Vector Graphics
15960 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15963 (SVG, file extension
15964 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15972 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16008 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16011 Encapsulated PostScript
16012 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16015 (EPS, file extension
16016 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16024 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16060 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16063 Portable Document Format
16064 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16067 (PDF, file extension
16068 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16076 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16090 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
16091 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
16092 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
16097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16098 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
16106 \begin_layout Standard
16107 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
16111 \begin_layout Subsection
16112 Grouping of Image Settings
16116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16117 Images ! Settings grouping
16125 \begin_layout Standard
16126 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
16128 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
16129 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
16131 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
16132 need to manually change each of them.
16136 \begin_layout Standard
16137 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
16140 \begin_inset space ~
16144 \begin_inset space ~
16149 field in the Graphics dialog.
16150 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
16151 by checking the name of the desired group.
16154 \begin_layout Section
16159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16166 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16175 \begin_layout Standard
16176 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
16177 \begin_inset Graphics
16178 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
16185 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16189 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
16190 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
16191 from the rest of the table.
16192 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
16193 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
16195 Here's an example table:
16198 \begin_layout Standard
16200 \begin_inset Tabular
16201 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
16203 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16204 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16205 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16206 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16406 \begin_layout Subsection
16410 \begin_layout Standard
16411 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16412 brings up the table dialog.
16413 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16414 where the cursor is placed currently.
16415 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16416 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16417 done on all of your selection.
16420 \begin_layout Standard
16421 Additionally to the table dialog the
16424 \begin_inset space ~
16429 , that appears when the cursor is inside a table, helps you in setting table
16431 It is for example currently only possible to add
16432 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16436 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16439 delete lines via the table toolbar.
16442 \begin_layout Standard
16446 \begin_inset space ~
16451 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16452 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16453 current cell respectively.
16454 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16456 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16457 of text, see section
16458 \begin_inset space ~
16462 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16464 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16471 \begin_layout Standard
16472 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
16478 This will merge the cells to
16482 cell, spread over more than one column.
16483 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16484 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16485 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16486 in the last row without the upper border:
16489 \begin_layout Standard
16491 \begin_inset Tabular
16492 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16493 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
16494 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16495 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16496 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16497 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16508 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16517 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16593 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16628 \begin_layout Standard
16629 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16630 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16631 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16632 explained in the tables section of the
16635 \begin_inset space ~
16641 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16642 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
16645 degrees counterclockwise.
16646 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16649 \begin_layout Standard
16650 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16658 Most DVI-viewers are
16662 able to display rotations.
16670 \begin_layout Standard
16675 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16680 adds lines for all cell borders.
16683 \begin_layout Subsection
16688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16689 Tables ! Longtables
16698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16707 \begin_layout Standard
16708 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16711 \begin_inset space ~
16715 \begin_inset space ~
16724 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16725 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16728 \begin_layout Description
16733 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16734 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16735 except for the first page, if
16738 \begin_inset space ~
16746 \begin_layout Description
16750 \begin_inset space ~
16755 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16756 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16759 \begin_layout Description
16764 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16765 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16766 except for the last page, if
16769 \begin_inset space ~
16777 \begin_layout Description
16781 \begin_inset space ~
16786 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16787 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16790 \begin_layout Description
16791 Caption: The first row is reset as single column.
16792 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
16794 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16798 More about longtable captions can be found in the
16801 \begin_inset space ~
16809 \begin_layout Standard
16810 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16811 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16812 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16813 The others will then be defined as
16818 In this context, first means first in this order:
16821 \begin_inset space ~
16833 \begin_inset space ~
16839 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16842 \begin_layout Standard
16844 \begin_inset Tabular
16845 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16846 <features islongtable="true">
16847 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16848 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16849 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16850 <row endfirsthead="true">
16851 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16857 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16862 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16871 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16881 <row endfirsthead="true">
16882 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16893 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16902 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16914 <row endhead="true">
16915 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16926 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16935 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16945 <row endhead="true">
16946 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16957 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16966 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16978 <row endfoot="true">
16979 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16990 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16999 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17030 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17971 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17980 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17989 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18000 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18031 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18062 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18093 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18124 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18155 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18186 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18217 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18248 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18279 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18310 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18341 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18372 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18403 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18434 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18465 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18496 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18527 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18558 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18589 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18620 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18651 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18682 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18713 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18744 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18775 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18806 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18837 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18868 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18899 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18930 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18960 <row endlastfoot="true">
18961 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18972 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18981 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18998 \begin_layout Subsection
19003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19010 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19012 name "sub:Table-Cells"
19019 \begin_layout Standard
19020 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
19021 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
19022 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
19023 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
19027 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
19028 for the cell's paragraph.
19031 \begin_layout Standard
19032 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
19033 for the column in the table dialog.
19034 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
19035 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
19039 \begin_layout Standard
19041 \begin_inset Tabular
19042 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
19044 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19045 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
19046 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19066 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19135 This is a multiline entry in a table.
19140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19191 This is longer now.
19196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19247 This is a multiline entry in a table.
19248 This is longer now.
19253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19279 \begin_layout Standard
19280 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19281 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19286 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
19287 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
19293 Selection with the mouse or with
19297 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19298 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19299 the selection from outside the table.
19302 \begin_layout Section
19307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19314 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19323 \begin_layout Standard
19324 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19325 have a fixed location.
19327 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19331 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19334 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19342 \begin_inset space ~
19347 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19348 too much notes at the page.
19351 \begin_layout Standard
19352 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
19353 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
19354 and pages without text.
19355 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19356 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19357 Floats are therefore numbered.
19358 Referencing is described in section
19359 \begin_inset space ~
19363 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19365 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19372 \begin_layout Standard
19373 To insert a float, use the menu
19375 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19379 A box with a caption that has e.
19380 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19384 \begin_inset space ~
19388 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19392 \begin_inset space ~
19396 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19399 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19400 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19402 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
19406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19412 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19413 paragraph within the float.
19414 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
19415 by left-clicking on the box label.
19416 A closed float box looks like this:
19417 \begin_inset Graphics
19418 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
19423 -- a gray button with a red label.
19426 \begin_layout Standard
19427 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
19428 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
19431 \begin_layout Subsection
19435 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19441 Floats ! Figure floats
19447 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19449 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19456 \begin_layout Standard
19459 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19460 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19463 inserts a float with the label
19464 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19470 \begin_inset space ~
19476 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19480 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19481 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19482 This is what we did for Figure
19483 \begin_inset space ~
19487 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19489 reference "cap:Platypus"
19494 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19495 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19496 This was done in Figure
19497 \begin_inset space ~
19501 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19503 reference "cap:Escher"
19510 \begin_layout Standard
19511 \begin_inset Float figure
19516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19518 \begin_inset Graphics
19519 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19521 rotateOrigin center
19528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19529 \begin_inset Caption
19531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19532 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19534 name "cap:Platypus"
19538 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19551 \begin_layout Standard
19552 \begin_inset Float figure
19557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19558 \begin_inset Caption
19560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19561 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19578 \begin_inset Graphics
19579 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19581 rotateOrigin center
19593 \begin_layout Standard
19594 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19596 As described in section
19597 \begin_inset space ~
19601 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19603 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19607 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19609 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19612 and refer to it using the menu
19614 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19618 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19620 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19624 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19627 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19629 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19633 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19639 \begin_layout Standard
19640 Normally only one image is inserted to a figure float, but sometimes you
19641 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19642 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19643 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19645 \begin_inset space ~
19649 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19651 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19655 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19656 You can also set the images one below the other.
19658 \begin_inset space ~
19662 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19664 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19669 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19671 reference "fig:Platypus"
19675 are the subfigures.
19678 \begin_layout Standard
19679 \begin_inset Float figure
19684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19685 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19689 \begin_inset Float figure
19694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19695 \begin_inset Caption
19697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19698 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19700 name "fig:Undefinable"
19712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19713 \begin_inset Graphics
19714 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19725 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19729 \begin_inset Float figure
19734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19735 \begin_inset Caption
19737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19738 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19740 name "fig:Platypus"
19752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19753 \begin_inset Graphics
19754 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19766 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19773 \begin_inset Caption
19775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19776 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19778 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19782 Two distorted images.
19795 \begin_layout Standard
19796 Note that the caption is added to the
19799 \begin_inset space ~
19803 \begin_inset space ~
19808 as described in section
19809 \begin_inset space ~
19813 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19815 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
19822 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19828 Floats ! Table floats
19834 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19836 name "sec:Table-Floats"
19843 \begin_layout Standard
19844 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19846 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19847 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19851 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
19854 \begin_inset space ~
19858 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19860 reference "cap:Table-float"
19864 is an example of a table float.
19867 \begin_layout Standard
19868 \begin_inset Float table
19873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19874 \begin_inset Caption
19876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19877 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19879 name "cap:Table-float"
19891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19893 \begin_inset Tabular
19894 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19896 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19897 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19898 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20025 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
20033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20046 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
20048 c & d\end{array}\right]$
20056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20069 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
20090 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20096 Floats ! Algorithm floats
20104 \begin_layout Standard
20105 This float type is inserted with the menu
20107 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20108 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20112 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
20113 A possible environment for algorithms is the
20117 , described in section
20118 \begin_inset space ~
20122 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20124 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
20131 \begin_layout Standard
20132 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20140 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
20146 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
20149 \begin_layout Standard
20154 floatname{algorithm}{your
20155 \begin_inset space ~
20161 \begin_layout Standard
20162 to the document preamble (menu
20164 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20171 \begin_inset space ~
20177 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20191 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20197 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
20203 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20205 name "sec:Wrap-Floats"
20212 \begin_layout Standard
20213 \begin_inset Wrap figure
20220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20221 \begin_inset Graphics
20222 filename clipart/mobius.eps
20224 rotateOrigin center
20231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20232 \begin_inset Caption
20234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20235 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20237 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20241 This is a wrapped figure.
20242 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20255 This float type is used if you want to
20256 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20260 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20263 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20265 It can be inserted using the menu
20267 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20268 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20270 \begin_inset space ~
20275 if the LaTeX-package
20283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20284 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
20293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20294 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
20297 \begin_inset space ~
20307 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20310 \begin_inset space ~
20314 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20316 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20320 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20321 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20329 Available units are explained in Appendix
20330 \begin_inset space ~
20334 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20336 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20345 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20349 \begin_layout Standard
20350 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20358 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.g.
20359 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up
20360 in the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
20361 over some other text.
20369 \begin_layout Itemize
20370 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20371 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
20372 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
20373 breaks will appear.
20376 \begin_layout Itemize
20377 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
20378 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
20381 \begin_layout Itemize
20382 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
20383 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20386 \begin_layout Itemize
20387 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20390 \begin_layout Subsection
20392 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20394 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20411 \begin_layout Standard
20412 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20413 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20417 \begin_inset space ~
20425 \begin_layout Standard
20426 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, in case you
20427 have a multi-column document).
20428 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
20431 \begin_inset space ~
20437 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
20438 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
20445 \begin_layout Standard
20446 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
20447 format is also the same: Table
20448 \begin_inset space ~
20452 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20454 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20458 is an example of a rotated table float.
20461 \begin_layout Standard
20462 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20470 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20478 \begin_layout Standard
20479 \begin_inset Float table
20484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20485 \begin_inset Caption
20487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20488 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20490 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20504 \begin_inset Tabular
20505 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20507 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20508 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20509 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20510 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20511 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20571 \begin_layout Subsection
20573 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20575 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20592 \begin_layout Standard
20593 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20594 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20595 \begin_inset Newline newline
20601 \begin_inset space ~
20606 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20607 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
20609 \begin_inset Newline newline
20615 \begin_inset space ~
20620 is used to rotate floats, see section
20621 \begin_inset space ~
20625 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20627 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20634 \begin_layout Standard
20635 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20636 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20639 \begin_inset space ~
20643 \begin_inset space ~
20651 \begin_layout Description
20653 \begin_inset space ~
20657 \begin_inset space ~
20660 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
20663 \begin_layout Description
20665 \begin_inset space ~
20669 \begin_inset space ~
20672 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
20675 \begin_layout Description
20677 \begin_inset space ~
20681 \begin_inset space ~
20684 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
20687 \begin_layout Description
20689 \begin_inset space ~
20693 \begin_inset space ~
20696 floats: try to place the float on an own page
20699 \begin_layout Standard
20700 The order of the above option is
20705 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20709 \begin_inset space ~
20713 \begin_inset space ~
20721 \begin_inset space ~
20725 \begin_inset space ~
20730 , and then the others.
20731 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20733 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20734 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20737 \begin_layout Standard
20738 By default, each options has its own rules:
20741 \begin_layout Standard
20745 \begin_inset space ~
20749 \begin_inset space ~
20754 only floats occupying less than 70
20755 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20758 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20761 \begin_layout Standard
20765 \begin_inset space ~
20769 \begin_inset space ~
20774 : only floats occupying less than 30
20775 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20778 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20781 \begin_layout Standard
20785 \begin_inset space ~
20789 \begin_inset space ~
20794 : only if more than 50
20795 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20798 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20802 \begin_layout Standard
20803 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20807 \begin_inset space ~
20811 \begin_inset space ~
20819 \begin_layout Standard
20820 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20821 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20822 For this case you can use the option
20825 \begin_inset space ~
20831 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20833 Because the float is then no longer able to
20834 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20838 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20841 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
20844 \begin_layout Standard
20845 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20846 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20849 \begin_layout Standard
20850 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20852 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20854 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20861 \begin_layout Section
20866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20873 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20875 name "sec:Minipages"
20882 \begin_layout Standard
20883 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20885 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20886 \begin_inset space ~
20893 \begin_layout Standard
20894 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20896 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20900 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20901 and its alignment within the page.
20904 \begin_layout Standard
20906 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20915 height_special "totalheight"
20918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20921 This is a minipage.
20922 The text is set in an italic style.
20925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20928 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20929 another formatting.
20937 \begin_layout Standard
20938 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20941 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20945 as described in section
20946 \begin_inset space ~
20950 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20952 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20957 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20963 \begin_layout Standard
20964 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20973 height_special "totalheight"
20976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20977 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20978 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20984 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20988 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20997 height_special "totalheight"
21000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21001 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21002 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21010 \begin_layout Standard
21011 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
21017 \begin_layout Standard
21018 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
21019 to other box types.
21020 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
21031 \begin_layout Chapter
21032 Mathematical Formulas
21036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21075 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21077 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
21084 \begin_layout Standard
21085 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
21090 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
21093 \begin_layout Section
21098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21107 \begin_layout Standard
21108 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
21109 \begin_inset Graphics
21110 filename ../images/math-mode.png
21115 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
21117 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
21118 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
21119 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
21121 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21127 \begin_layout Standard
21128 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
21132 \begin_inset space ~
21137 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
21140 \begin_layout Standard
21141 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
21142 line, like this one:
21145 \begin_layout Standard
21146 This is a line with an inline formula
21147 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
21153 \begin_layout Standard
21154 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
21156 \begin_inset Formula \[
21161 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
21164 \begin_layout Standard
21165 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
21168 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21178 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21181 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
21182 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21186 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
21189 \begin_inset space ~
21197 \begin_layout Subsection
21198 Navigating in Formulas
21202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21211 \begin_layout Standard
21212 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
21213 achieved with the arrow keys.
21214 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
21215 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
21220 will leave a formula construct (a square root
21221 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
21225 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
21229 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21231 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
21239 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21244 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21245 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
21248 \begin_layout Standard
21253 , printed in this document as
21254 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21271 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21275 \begin_inset Note Note
21278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21279 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21280 space character (visible space).
21285 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21286 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21287 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21292 For example, if you want
21293 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21347 , since in the latter case only the
21350 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21355 will be under the square root sign:
21356 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21362 \begin_layout Standard
21363 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21365 \begin_inset Formula \[
21366 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21369 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
21373 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21374 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21377 \begin_layout Subsection
21381 \begin_layout Standard
21382 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21383 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21387 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21388 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21389 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21390 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21391 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21394 \begin_layout Subsection
21395 Exponents and Subscripts
21399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21418 \begin_layout Standard
21419 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21420 way is to use a command.
21422 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
21425 , type in a formula
21431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21447 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21453 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21457 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21478 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21480 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21484 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21487 , you have to use an extra
21491 to separate the hat and the character.
21494 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21515 Subscripts are similar: To get
21516 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21539 \begin_layout Subsection
21544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21553 \begin_layout Standard
21554 Create a fraction with either the command
21561 \begin_inset Graphics
21562 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21570 \begin_inset space ~
21576 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21577 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21578 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21583 To move back up, press
21588 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21589 \begin_inset Formula \[
21590 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21592 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21599 \begin_layout Subsection
21604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21613 \begin_layout Standard
21614 Roots can be created using the
21617 \begin_inset space ~
21623 \begin_inset Graphics
21624 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21647 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21653 produces always a square root.
21656 \begin_layout Subsection
21657 Operators with Limits
21661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21678 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21680 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21687 \begin_layout Standard
21689 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21693 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21696 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21697 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21698 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21699 The sum operator will automatically place its
21700 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21704 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21707 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21710 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21714 \begin_inset Formula \[
21715 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21719 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21723 \begin_layout Standard
21724 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21726 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21727 behind the operator and hitting
21733 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21734 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21736 \begin_inset space ~
21740 \begin_inset space ~
21748 \begin_layout Standard
21749 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21750 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21754 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21757 feature as addition, such as
21761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21768 \begin_inset Formula \[
21769 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21773 which will place the
21774 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21778 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21782 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21786 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21787 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21793 \begin_layout Standard
21794 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21801 Have a look at section
21802 \begin_inset space ~
21806 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21808 reference "sub:Functions"
21812 for an explanation of function macros.
21815 \begin_layout Subsection
21820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21829 \begin_layout Standard
21830 Most math symbols can be found in the
21833 \begin_inset space ~
21838 under one of several categories; including
21855 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21859 \begin_layout Standard
21860 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21861 you don't have to use the
21864 \begin_inset space ~
21869 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21870 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21873 \begin_layout Subsection
21878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21885 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21887 name "sub:Altering-Spacing"
21894 \begin_layout Standard
21895 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
21904 \begin_inset space ~
21910 \begin_inset Graphics
21911 filename ../images/math/space.png
21916 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21917 Here a example for the sequence
21922 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21926 \begin_inset Graphics
21927 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21932 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21933 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21934 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21935 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
21940 \begin_layout Standard
21950 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21956 \begin_layout Standard
21966 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21972 \begin_layout Subsection
21977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21984 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21986 name "sub:Functions"
21993 \begin_layout Standard
21997 \begin_inset space ~
22002 contains under the button
22003 \begin_inset Graphics
22004 filename ../images/math/functions.png
22008 a number of functions, such as
22009 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
22013 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
22021 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
22028 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
22029 avoid confusions, because
22030 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
22034 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
22040 \begin_layout Standard
22041 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
22043 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
22047 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
22053 \begin_layout Standard
22054 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
22055 that subscripts are placed, like described in section
22056 \begin_inset space ~
22060 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22062 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22069 \begin_layout Subsection
22074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22083 \begin_layout Standard
22084 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
22086 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
22087 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.g.
22089 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22092 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
22093 Our example is entered by typing
22101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22114 \begin_inset space ~
22118 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22120 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
22124 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
22127 \begin_layout Standard
22128 \begin_inset Float table
22133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22134 \begin_inset Caption
22136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22137 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22139 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
22143 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
22151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22153 \begin_inset Tabular
22154 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
22156 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22157 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22158 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22242 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22296 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22350 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22404 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
22414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22458 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22512 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22566 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22620 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22674 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22719 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22740 \begin_layout Standard
22741 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22744 \begin_inset space ~
22750 \begin_inset Graphics
22751 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22755 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22759 \begin_layout Section
22760 Brackets and Delimiters
22764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22781 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22783 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22790 \begin_layout Standard
22791 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22792 For most purposes, using just the keys
22797 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22798 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
22801 \begin_inset space ~
22807 \begin_inset Graphics
22808 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22813 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22815 \begin_inset Formula \[
22816 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22818 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
22822 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22823 \begin_inset Formula \[
22824 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22831 \begin_layout Standard
22832 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22833 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22836 \begin_layout Standard
22837 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22838 left side and right side.
22839 If you use the option
22842 \begin_inset space ~
22847 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22848 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22849 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22850 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22853 \begin_layout Standard
22854 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22855 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22856 inside the brackets.
22857 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22862 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22865 \begin_layout Standard
22866 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
22867 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22871 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22877 \begin_layout Section
22882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22889 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22891 name "sec:Grouping"
22898 \begin_layout Standard
22899 You may need to group a set of symbols.
22900 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
22911 \begin_layout Standard
22912 \begin_inset Formula \[
22913 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
22920 \begin_layout Standard
22921 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
22922 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22932 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22936 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
22937 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
22938 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
22941 \begin_layout Section
22942 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22967 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22975 \begin_layout Standard
22976 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22979 \begin_inset space ~
22985 \begin_inset Graphics
22986 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22991 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22992 Here is an example:
22993 \begin_inset Formula \[
22994 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22997 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
23001 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
23002 \begin_inset space ~
23006 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23008 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23013 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
23014 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
23015 This alignment is set in the box
23020 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23028 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23032 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23040 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23044 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23052 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23057 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23065 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23068 for every column as default.
23069 For example, the sequence
23070 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23078 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23081 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
23082 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
23083 corresponds to the relevant column.
23084 The result will look like this:
23085 \begin_inset Formula \[
23087 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
23088 column & has & has\, right\\
23089 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
23096 \begin_layout Standard
23097 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
23101 while the cursor is in the matrix.
23102 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
23104 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23110 \begin_layout Standard
23111 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
23112 It can be created with the menu
23114 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23115 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23117 \begin_inset space ~
23130 \begin_inset Formula \[
23134 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
23141 \begin_layout Standard
23142 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23145 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
23153 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
23162 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
23163 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23167 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23170 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
23171 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
23172 A new row is created by every further hit of
23180 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
23181 Here is an example:
23182 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23183 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
23184 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
23188 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
23189 where you want to start the shift and hit
23194 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
23195 position to the next column.
23196 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
23197 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
23198 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
23199 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
23206 \begin_layout Standard
23207 The multi-line formula type described here is called
23214 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
23215 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
23216 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23218 reference "eq:asquared"
23223 The other types are described in section
23224 \begin_inset space ~
23228 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23230 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23237 \begin_layout Section
23238 Formula Numbering and Referencing
23242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23243 Math ! Formula numbering
23252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23253 Math ! Referencing formulas
23259 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23261 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23268 \begin_layout Standard
23269 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23271 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23272 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23274 \begin_inset space ~
23282 \begin_inset space ~
23288 The formula number appears in LyX as
23289 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23293 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23296 within parentheses.
23298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23302 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23305 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23307 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23308 the document class.
23309 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23310 separated by a dot:
23311 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
23312 1+1=2\end{equation}
23319 \begin_inset space ~
23324 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23325 You can only number displayed formulas.
23328 \begin_layout Standard
23329 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23331 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23332 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23334 \begin_inset space ~
23338 \begin_inset space ~
23342 \begin_inset space ~
23350 \begin_inset space ~
23355 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
23356 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23358 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23359 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
23363 To number all lines use the shortcut
23366 \begin_inset space ~
23374 \begin_layout Standard
23375 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23378 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23379 A label is inserted with the menu
23381 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23384 when the cursor is in the formula.
23385 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23386 It is recommended to use the proposed
23387 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23395 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23398 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23399 type when you have many labels in your document.
23400 We inserted in the following example the label
23401 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23405 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23408 in the second line:
23409 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23410 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23411 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
23415 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23416 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23418 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23422 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23426 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23428 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23430 \begin_inset space ~
23436 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23437 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
23438 as the formula number:
23441 \begin_layout Standard
23442 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23443 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23445 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23452 \begin_layout Standard
23453 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23454 \begin_inset space ~
23458 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23460 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23465 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23468 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23471 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23476 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23484 \begin_layout Section
23485 User defined math macros
23489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23496 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23498 name "sec:math-macros"
23505 \begin_layout Standard
23506 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas.
23507 For example we assume that solutions of the quadratic equation often occur
23508 in our document in various forms and we want to create a macro to print
23510 \begin_inset Newline newline
23513 The general form of a quadratic equation is:
23514 \begin_inset Formula \[
23515 0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q\]
23519 The general form of its solution is:
23520 \begin_inset Formula \[
23521 \lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p²}{4}-q}\]
23528 \begin_layout Standard
23529 The macro should print the parameters
23530 \begin_inset Formula $\lambda$
23534 \begin_inset Formula $p$
23538 \begin_inset Formula $q$
23541 like in the equation above.
23544 \begin_layout Standard
23545 A macro is created by executing the command
23548 \begin_layout Standard
23555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23578 \begin_inset space ~
23582 \begin_inset space ~
23588 \begin_layout Standard
23589 in the minibuffer at the bottom of the LyX screen.
23590 Name is the name of the new macro which mustn't contain numbers.
23591 The number of arguments can be a number in the range 1-9.
23592 If you want to define a macro without arguments, don't declare the number
23596 \begin_layout Standard
23597 We have three arguments and name the macro
23598 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23602 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23605 , so that the command is:
23608 \begin_layout Standard
23615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23640 \begin_layout Standard
23641 This results in the following macro definition box:
23642 \begin_inset Graphics
23643 filename clipart/macrobox.png
23648 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
23649 \newcommand{\qE}[3]{#1_{1,\,2}=-\frac{#2}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23650 {\textrm{qE: }#1\textrm{ , }#2\textrm{ , }#3}
23654 \begin_inset Note Note
23657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23658 The first box is an image to show the behavior in the output.
23659 The second one is the definition box, that doesn't appear in the output.
23667 \begin_layout Standard
23668 The first blue box is for the definition, where you insert the formula via
23669 the math panel or commands.
23670 The placeholder for the arguments are inserted as a backslash and sharp
23671 followed by the argument number, e.g.
23673 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23679 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23682 for the first argument.
23683 Placeholders will be displayed in red.
23684 The second blue box is for the appearance in LyX.
23685 This is useful when you have a large structure that shouldn't be displayed
23686 in LyX with its full size.
23687 If you want to see the macro as it is defined, leave the box blank.
23688 In our example we insert the sequence
23689 \begin_inset Newline newline
23717 \begin_inset Newline newline
23722 The macro will then be shown as the macro name followed by the three arguments.
23725 \begin_layout Standard
23726 To use the macro in a formula, type its name as command, in our case
23727 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23737 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23741 The macro is inserted with boxes for the arguments looking similar to this:
23744 \begin_layout Standard
23746 \begin_inset Graphics
23747 filename clipart/macrouse.png
23754 \begin_layout Standard
23755 The arguments are inserted in the blue boxes.
23756 If the cursor is outside the macro, the arguments are put in the macro.
23757 To change the arguments, put the cursor in the formula before or after
23758 the macro and press the right or left arrow key respectively.
23759 The arguments appear now again below the macro definition.
23762 \begin_layout Standard
23763 If you change the macro definition all macros are changed automatically
23764 to the new definition.
23765 Here an example of our macro with the arguments
23766 \begin_inset Formula $x$
23770 \begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$
23774 \begin_inset Formula $B$
23778 \begin_inset Formula \[
23786 \begin_layout Standard
23787 When the document is exported to LaTeX, the macro definition will be inserted
23791 \begin_layout Standard
23805 \begin_inset Newline newline
23812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23838 frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23841 \begin_layout Standard
23842 The command is not inserted in the document preamble.
23843 That means you can only use macros in formulas that are below the macro
23844 definition box in your document.
23845 There are also some other restrictions: The command
23847 newcommand supports optional arguments, which are not available in LyX's
23849 You can also not change subsequently the name of the macro and the number
23854 \begin_layout Section
23858 \begin_layout Subsection
23863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23872 \begin_layout Standard
23873 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23874 To set a font in a formula, use the
23877 \begin_inset space ~
23883 \begin_inset Graphics
23884 filename ../images/math/font.png
23888 , or enter its command, listed in table
23889 \begin_inset space ~
23893 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23895 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23902 \begin_layout Standard
23903 \begin_inset Float table
23908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23909 \begin_inset Caption
23911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23912 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23914 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23918 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23928 \begin_inset Tabular
23929 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23931 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23932 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23964 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23991 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24018 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
24026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24051 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
24059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24078 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
24086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24105 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
24113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24139 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
24147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24166 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
24174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24200 \begin_layout Standard
24201 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24209 that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
24225 \begin_layout Standard
24226 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
24227 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
24232 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
24233 protected space when you need a space in the box.
24234 Here an example where a
24235 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24239 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24246 denotes the set of numbers:
24247 \begin_inset Formula \[
24248 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
24255 \begin_layout Standard
24256 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
24267 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
24271 \begin_inset Newline newline
24274 So better don't use this feature.
24277 \begin_layout Standard
24278 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
24279 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
24283 \begin_inset Newline newline
24286 You can only print them emboldened using the command
24292 , which works like the other typeface commands:
24293 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
24299 \begin_layout Standard
24306 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24309 \begin_layout Standard
24310 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24312 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24313 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24315 \begin_inset space ~
24323 \begin_layout Subsection
24328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24337 \begin_layout Standard
24338 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
24340 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
24344 \begin_inset space ~
24348 \begin_inset space ~
24356 \begin_inset space ~
24362 \begin_inset Graphics
24363 filename ../images/math/font.png
24367 (alternatively the shortcut
24370 \begin_inset space ~
24376 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
24377 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
24378 Here is an example:
24379 \begin_inset Formula \[
24381 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
24382 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
24389 \begin_layout Subsection
24394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24403 \begin_layout Standard
24404 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
24405 automatically chosen in most situations.
24423 For most characters,
24431 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
24432 and certain other structures, are set larger in
24437 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
24438 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
24439 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
24440 \begin_inset Graphics
24441 filename ../images/math/style.png
24446 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
24447 For example, you can set
24448 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
24451 , which is normally in
24460 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
24464 The four styles are used in the following example:
24467 \begin_layout Standard
24468 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
24472 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
24476 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
24480 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
24486 \begin_layout Standard
24487 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
24488 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
24490 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24492 \begin_inset space ~
24497 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
24498 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
24499 will be adjusted to correspond.
24500 As example a formula in the font size
24501 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24505 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24511 \begin_layout Standard
24515 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
24521 \begin_layout Section
24525 \begin_layout Standard
24526 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
24527 the document classes and into layout modules.
24531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24537 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
24538 other than the AMS classes.
24540 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24542 reference "sub:Modules"
24546 for more on layout modules.
24549 \begin_layout Section
24554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24573 \begin_layout Standard
24574 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24575 (AMS) that are in common use.
24578 \begin_layout Subsection
24579 Enabling AMS-Support
24582 \begin_layout Standard
24583 Selecting the checkbox
24586 \begin_inset space ~
24590 \begin_inset space ~
24594 \begin_inset space ~
24601 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24609 Document ! Settings
24617 \begin_inset space ~
24622 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24624 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24625 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24628 \begin_layout Subsection
24630 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24632 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24641 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24649 \begin_layout Standard
24650 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24651 LyX allows you to choose between
24672 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24675 \begin_layout Chapter
24679 \begin_layout Section
24684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24691 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24693 name "sec:Cross-References"
24700 \begin_layout Standard
24701 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24702 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24704 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24705 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24706 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
24709 \begin_layout Enumerate
24713 \begin_layout Enumerate
24714 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24716 name "enu:Second-item"
24723 \begin_layout Enumerate
24727 \begin_layout Standard
24728 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24730 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24733 or the by pressing the toolbar button
24734 \begin_inset Graphics
24735 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24741 A grey label box like this:
24742 \begin_inset Graphics
24743 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24748 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24749 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24751 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24759 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24764 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24772 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24776 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24780 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24784 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.g.
24785 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
24786 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24794 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24800 \begin_layout Standard
24801 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24803 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24806 or the toolbar button
24807 \begin_inset Graphics
24808 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24814 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24815 \begin_inset Graphics
24816 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24821 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
24823 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24824 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24832 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24836 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24838 Here is our cross-reference:
24841 \begin_layout Standard
24843 \begin_inset space ~
24847 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24849 reference "enu:Second-item"
24856 \begin_layout Standard
24857 It is recommended to use a protected space
24861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24862 described in section
24863 \begin_inset space ~
24867 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24869 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24878 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24882 \begin_layout Standard
24883 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24886 \begin_layout Description
24887 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24888 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24890 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24897 \begin_layout Description
24898 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24899 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24901 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24905 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24909 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24911 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24918 \begin_layout Description
24919 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24920 \begin_inset space ~
24924 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24925 LatexCommand pageref
24926 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24933 \begin_layout Description
24935 \begin_inset space ~
24939 \begin_inset space ~
24942 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24943 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24944 LatexCommand vpageref
24945 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24952 \begin_layout Description
24954 \begin_inset space ~
24958 \begin_inset space ~
24962 \begin_inset space ~
24965 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24967 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24969 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24976 \begin_layout Description
24978 \begin_inset space ~
24981 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24982 \begin_inset Newline newline
24986 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24994 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
25002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25003 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
25016 \begin_layout Standard
25017 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
25018 the previous, the same, or the next page.
25020 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25024 \begin_inset space ~
25028 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25036 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25042 \begin_layout Standard
25043 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
25044 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
25045 The varieties are adjusted in the field
25049 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
25053 \begin_layout Standard
25054 You can only use the style
25058 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
25062 is always possible.
25065 \begin_layout Standard
25066 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
25067 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
25068 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
25069 Referencing formulas is explained in section
25070 \begin_inset space ~
25074 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25076 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
25083 \begin_layout Standard
25087 \begin_inset space ~
25091 \begin_inset space ~
25096 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
25097 The button text changes then to
25100 \begin_inset space ~
25105 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
25106 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
25107 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
25111 \begin_layout Standard
25112 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
25113 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
25114 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
25117 \begin_layout Standard
25118 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
25119 marks in the output instead of the reference.
25122 \begin_layout Standard
25123 References are described in detail in the
25130 \begin_layout Section
25131 Table of Contents and other Listings
25135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25152 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25161 \begin_layout Subsection
25163 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25165 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
25172 \begin_layout Standard
25173 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
25175 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25176 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25178 \begin_inset space ~
25182 \begin_inset space ~
25188 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
25189 If you click on it, the
25193 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
25194 sections in your documents.
25195 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
25197 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25200 that is described in sec.
25201 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25205 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25207 reference "sec:Navigating"
25214 \begin_layout Standard
25215 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
25216 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
25218 \begin_inset space ~
25222 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25224 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
25228 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
25230 \begin_inset space ~
25234 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25236 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
25240 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
25242 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
25245 \begin_layout Subsection
25246 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
25247 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25249 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
25256 \begin_layout Standard
25257 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
25258 You can insert them via the
25260 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25262 \begin_inset space ~
25266 \begin_inset space ~
25272 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
25275 \begin_layout Section
25276 URLs and Hyperlinks
25280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25299 \begin_layout Subsection
25301 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25310 \begin_layout Standard
25311 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
25313 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25319 \begin_layout Standard
25320 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
25321 \begin_inset Flex URL
25324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25334 \begin_layout Standard
25335 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
25341 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
25345 \begin_layout Standard
25346 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25354 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
25362 \begin_layout Subsection
25364 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25366 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
25373 \begin_layout Standard
25374 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
25376 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25379 or with the toolbar button
25380 \begin_inset Graphics
25381 filename ../images/href-insert.png
25382 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25387 The appearing dialog has two fields:
25396 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
25397 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
25398 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25400 name "LyX's homepage"
25401 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25405 , an Email address like this:
25406 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25408 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
25409 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
25414 , or a link to a file.
25417 \begin_layout Standard
25418 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
25420 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25428 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25431 to the link target.
25434 \begin_layout Standard
25435 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
25436 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
25437 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
25438 the text style dialog.
25439 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
25443 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25445 name "LyX's homepage"
25446 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25453 \begin_layout Standard
25454 The link text color can be changed, when the option
25458 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
25460 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25461 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25465 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
25467 \begin_inset Newline newline
25475 \begin_inset Newline newline
25482 in the PDF Properties dialog.
25485 \begin_layout Section
25490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25497 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25499 name "sec:Appendices"
25506 \begin_layout Standard
25507 Appendices are created with the menu
25509 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25511 \begin_inset space ~
25515 \begin_inset space ~
25521 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
25522 as appendix region.
25523 The region is marked with a red borderline.
25526 \begin_layout Standard
25527 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
25528 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
25529 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
25530 and the subsection number.
25531 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
25535 \begin_layout Standard
25537 \begin_inset space ~
25541 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25543 reference "cha:Credits"
25548 \begin_inset space ~
25552 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25554 reference "sub:Export"
25561 \begin_layout Section
25566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25573 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25575 name "sec:Bibliography"
25582 \begin_layout Standard
25583 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25584 You can include a bibliography database
25588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25589 Known under the name
25590 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25594 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25602 , which is explained in the next subsection or you can insert the bibliography
25604 For the second method we use the paragraph environment
25608 , described in section
25609 \begin_inset space ~
25613 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25615 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25622 \begin_layout Standard
25627 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25629 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25638 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25640 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25642 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25646 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25649 , a short form of its title, as key.
25652 \begin_layout Standard
25653 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25655 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25658 or the toolbar button
25659 \begin_inset Graphics
25660 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25661 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25666 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25667 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25668 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25669 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25673 \begin_layout Standard
25674 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
25675 with surrounding brackets.
25680 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25681 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25683 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25687 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25693 \begin_layout Standard
25696 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25699 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25701 key "latexcompanion"
25708 \begin_layout Standard
25709 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25710 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25719 \begin_layout Subsection
25720 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25725 Bibliography ! Databases
25734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25735 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25741 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25743 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25750 \begin_layout Standard
25751 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25753 It makes it also very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25755 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25756 your working field in a database.
25757 This database can be used for different documents, because only the referenced
25758 entries of the database will appear in the bibliography list.
25761 \begin_layout Standard
25762 The database is a text file with the file extension
25763 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25771 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25774 containing the bibliography in a special format.
25775 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
25776 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25778 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25783 Normally one uses a special program to create and edit entries of the database.
25785 \begin_inset Newline newline
25789 \begin_inset Flex URL
25792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25794 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25800 \begin_inset Newline newline
25803 you find a list of programs for bibliography databases.
25806 \begin_layout Standard
25807 To use a database, use the menu
25809 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25814 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25827 \begin_inset space ~
25833 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25834 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25837 \begin_layout Standard
25838 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25839 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25847 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25850 that declares the layout of all bibliography entries.
25851 Many publishers provide special style files, so that you don't have to
25852 take care of the layout.
25855 \begin_layout Standard
25856 Inserting a citation reference works like described above.
25859 \begin_layout Standard
25860 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25866 \begin_layout Standard
25867 To generate the bibliography from a database, the program BibTeX is used
25869 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25903 \begin_inset space ~
25909 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25917 \begin_layout Standard
25918 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25924 \begin_layout Standard
25925 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25926 the two methods of creating them.
25927 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25928 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25929 We used the style file
25933 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25936 \begin_layout Subsection
25937 Bibliography layout
25941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25942 Bibliography ! Layout
25950 \begin_layout Standard
25951 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25952 For this feature you need to use the option
25958 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25966 Document ! Settings
25976 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25977 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25978 in the previous section.
25981 \begin_layout Standard
25982 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25983 in the citation reference window.
25984 Here an example where we set the text
25985 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25989 \begin_inset space ~
25993 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25996 to appear after the reference:
25999 \begin_layout Standard
26001 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26004 key "latexcompanion"
26011 \begin_layout Section
26016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26023 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26032 \begin_layout Standard
26033 An index entry is created if you use the menu
26035 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26037 \begin_inset space ~
26042 or the toolbar button
26043 \begin_inset Graphics
26044 filename ../images/index-insert.png
26045 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26051 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26059 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26062 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
26063 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
26064 by LyX as index entry.
26067 \begin_layout Standard
26068 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
26069 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
26071 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26073 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
26080 \begin_layout Standard
26081 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
26084 \begin_layout Standard
26085 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
26087 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26089 \begin_inset space ~
26093 \begin_inset space ~
26096 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26098 \begin_inset space ~
26104 A light blue box labeled
26105 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26113 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26116 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
26117 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
26120 \begin_layout Subsection
26121 Grouping Index Entries
26125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26134 \begin_layout Standard
26135 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
26137 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
26138 lists under the entry
26139 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26143 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26147 First we create the entry
26148 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26152 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26156 \begin_inset space ~
26160 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26162 reference "sub:Lists"
26167 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
26168 \begin_inset space ~
26172 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26174 reference "sec:Itemize"
26178 , we insert the command
26181 \begin_layout Standard
26187 \begin_layout Standard
26191 \begin_layout Standard
26197 \begin_layout Standard
26198 for the enumerated list in section
26199 \begin_inset space ~
26203 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26205 reference "sec:Enumerate"
26212 \begin_layout Standard
26213 The exclamation mark
26214 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26218 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26221 marks the grouping levels.
26222 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
26223 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
26224 If we don't have an index entry for
26225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26229 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26232 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
26235 \begin_layout Subsection
26240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26241 Index ! Page ranges
26249 \begin_layout Standard
26250 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
26252 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
26253 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
26255 \begin_inset space ~
26259 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26261 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
26268 \begin_layout Standard
26271 Paragraph environments|(
26274 \begin_layout Standard
26275 and another entry at the end of section
26276 \begin_inset space ~
26280 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26282 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
26289 \begin_layout Standard
26292 Paragraph environments|)
26295 \begin_layout Standard
26297 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26305 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26309 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26317 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26320 respectively starts and ends the index range.
26321 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
26322 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
26323 the pages of the indexed document parts.
26324 An example is the index entry
26325 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26328 Document ! Settings
26329 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26335 \begin_layout Subsection
26340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26341 Index ! Cross referencing
26349 \begin_layout Standard
26350 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
26351 We referred for example in the index entry
26352 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26356 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26360 \begin_inset space ~
26364 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26366 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
26370 ) to the index entry
26371 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26375 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26378 in the same section using the entry
26381 \begin_layout Standard
26384 GIF|see{Image formats}
26387 \begin_layout Standard
26388 Where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
26389 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
26390 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
26393 \begin_layout Subsection
26398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26399 Index ! Entry order
26407 \begin_layout Standard
26408 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
26409 then not follow the rules for the index order.
26410 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
26414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26415 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
26417 \begin_inset space ~
26421 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26423 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26432 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
26433 We created as example the three dummy index entries
26434 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26438 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26442 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26446 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26450 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26454 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26462 Dummy entries ! maïs
26471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26472 Dummy entries ! maître
26481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26482 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26487 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26488 order maïs, maison, maître.
26489 To achieve this, we use the command
26492 \begin_layout Standard
26495 previous entry@current entry
26498 \begin_layout Standard
26499 In our case we want to have
26500 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26504 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26508 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26512 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26515 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26518 \begin_layout Standard
26524 \begin_layout Standard
26525 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26526 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26530 \begin_layout Subsection
26535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26536 Index ! Entry layout
26544 \begin_layout Standard
26545 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
26549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26552 This is an italic dummy entry
26557 You can also format the page number using the character
26558 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26562 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26565 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26566 We can write for example
26569 \begin_layout Standard
26572 italic page number:|textit
26575 \begin_layout Standard
26576 to get the page number in italic.
26580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26581 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26586 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26588 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26596 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26604 \begin_inset space ~
26610 Have a look at section
26611 \begin_inset space ~
26615 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26617 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26621 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26624 \begin_layout Standard
26625 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26633 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26637 to generate the index, see section
26638 \begin_inset space ~
26642 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26644 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26653 , however, this won't work for anything else than bold or italic text.
26654 This is because xindy requires to define semantic elements before they
26656 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26659 key "latexcompanion"
26671 \begin_layout Standard
26672 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26674 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26675 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26676 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26677 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26678 If so, put the following in preamble
26681 \begin_layout Standard
26693 \begin_layout Standard
26697 \begin_layout Standard
26703 \begin_layout Standard
26704 into the index entry.
26708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26709 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26714 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26715 request that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26716 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26719 \begin_layout Standard
26720 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26722 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26726 \begin_inset space ~
26729 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26730 for all index entries.
26731 For more advanced task you have to set up a so-called
26743 documentation for details,
26744 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26746 key "makeindex,xindy"
26753 \begin_layout Subsection
26758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26765 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26767 name "sub:Index-Program"
26774 \begin_layout Standard
26775 When the index entry program
26779 is installed, that is only available for Linux, LyX uses it for the index
26780 generation, otherwise the program
26784 is used, that is part of every LaTeX distribution.
26785 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26786 dialog, see section
26787 \begin_inset space ~
26791 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26793 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26798 The available options are listed and explained in
26799 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26801 key "makeindex,xindy"
26806 You can also specify there another program to generate the index.
26809 \begin_layout Standard
26814 is very old, not further developed and has many pitfalls.
26815 Most notably, it has been defined with nothing more than the English language
26817 So it fails at sorting correctly for anything else than an monolingual
26819 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26820 However, if you are writing in another language and using Linux, consider
26828 \begin_layout Section
26829 Nomenclature / Glossary
26833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26872 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26874 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26881 \begin_layout Standard
26882 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26883 document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
26887 \begin_layout Standard
26888 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26897 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26903 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26904 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26910 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26913 \begin_layout Standard
26914 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26915 and then use the menu
26917 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26923 \begin_inset space ~
26928 or the toolbar button
26929 \begin_inset Graphics
26930 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26931 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26937 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26945 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26948 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26951 \begin_layout Standard
26952 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26953 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26954 The second is the description of the symbol.
26957 \begin_layout Standard
26958 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26966 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26974 \begin_layout Subsection
26975 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26980 Nomenclature ! Layout
26988 \begin_layout Standard
26989 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26993 field as LaTeX-formula.
26995 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26999 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27003 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27007 \begin_inset Newline newline
27015 \begin_inset Newline newline
27021 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27025 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27028 character hereby starts/ends the formula.
27029 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
27031 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27037 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27041 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
27051 \begin_layout Standard
27052 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
27053 \begin_inset space ~
27057 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27059 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27066 \begin_layout Standard
27070 \begin_inset space ~
27075 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
27076 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
27077 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27081 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27085 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27088 in this document is:
27089 \begin_inset Newline newline
27094 dummy entry for the character
27099 \begin_inset Newline newline
27111 \begin_inset space ~
27121 font use the command
27150 \begin_layout Subsection
27151 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
27155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27156 Nomenclature ! Sort order
27164 \begin_layout Standard
27165 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
27166 the symbol definition.
27167 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
27168 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
27171 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27172 LatexCommand nomenclature
27174 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
27181 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27185 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27186 LatexCommand nomenclature
27189 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
27194 They will be sorted by
27195 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27203 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27207 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27221 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27224 will be sorted before the
27228 since the character
27229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27233 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27236 is considered in sorting.
27239 \begin_layout Standard
27240 To control the sort order, you can edit the
27243 \begin_inset space ~
27248 field of the nomenclature dialog.
27249 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
27251 For the given example, you can insert
27255 to this field for the
27256 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27263 will be located before
27264 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27270 \begin_layout Standard
27271 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
27276 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27285 \begin_layout Subsection
27286 Nomenclature Options
27290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27291 Nomenclature ! Options
27299 \begin_layout Standard
27304 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
27305 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
27308 \begin_layout Description
27309 refeq Appends the phrase
27310 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27322 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27325 to every nomenclature entry, where
27331 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
27334 \begin_layout Description
27335 refpage Appends the phrase
27336 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27348 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27351 to every nomenclature entry, where
27357 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
27360 \begin_layout Description
27361 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
27364 \begin_layout Standard
27365 There are furthermore the options
27409 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
27413 \begin_layout Standard
27414 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
27415 class options list in the
27417 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27421 In this document the options
27432 \begin_layout Standard
27433 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27439 \begin_layout Standard
27440 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
27441 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
27446 field in the nomenclature dialog:
27449 \begin_layout Description
27459 \begin_layout Description
27462 nomrefpage Like the
27469 \begin_layout Description
27472 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
27481 \begin_layout Description
27485 \begin_inset space ~
27491 \begin_inset space ~
27496 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
27499 \begin_layout Subsection
27500 Printing the Nomenclature
27504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27505 Nomenclature ! Printing
27513 \begin_layout Standard
27514 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
27516 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27518 \begin_inset space ~
27522 \begin_inset space ~
27525 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27529 A light blue box labeled
27530 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27538 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27541 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
27542 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
27545 \begin_layout Standard
27546 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
27547 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27551 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27555 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
27563 For example, in order to change the name to
27567 , add the following line to the preamble:
27570 \begin_layout Standard
27578 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27581 \begin_layout Standard
27582 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27588 \begin_layout Standard
27589 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27590 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27593 \begin_layout Standard
27601 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27604 \begin_layout Standard
27607 Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27608 \begin_inset space ~
27612 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27614 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27619 The default value is 1
27620 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27626 \begin_layout Section
27631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27642 Document ! Branches
27648 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27650 name "sec:Branches"
27657 \begin_layout Standard
27658 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27659 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27660 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27661 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27664 \begin_layout Standard
27665 For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
27666 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27667 To create a branch, go in the
27669 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27677 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27678 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27681 \begin_layout Standard
27682 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27683 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27685 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27688 where you can choose a branch.
27689 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27692 \begin_layout Standard
27693 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27694 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27697 \begin_layout Standard
27698 \begin_inset Branch Question
27701 \begin_layout Standard
27702 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27710 \begin_layout Standard
27711 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27714 \begin_layout Standard
27715 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27723 \begin_layout Standard
27724 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27730 \begin_layout Standard
27731 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27732 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27734 For example you can define for the question branch
27738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27739 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27740 \begin_inset space ~
27744 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27746 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27758 \begin_layout Standard
27768 \begin_layout Standard
27778 \begin_layout Standard
27779 and for the answer branch
27782 \begin_layout Standard
27792 \begin_layout Standard
27802 \begin_layout Standard
27803 \begin_inset Branch Question
27806 \begin_layout Standard
27810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27838 \begin_layout Standard
27839 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27842 \begin_layout Standard
27846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27874 \begin_layout Standard
27875 Now it is possible to use the commands
27879 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27886 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27889 to obtain conditional output.
27890 Here is an example formula where only the
27897 \begin_inset Formula \[
27898 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27905 \begin_layout Standard
27906 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see section
27907 \begin_inset space ~
27911 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27913 reference "sec:math-macros"
27920 \begin_layout Section
27922 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27924 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
27932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27941 \begin_layout Standard
27946 dialog provides under
27950 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
27951 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
27959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27960 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
27968 \begin_layout Standard
27973 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
27974 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
27975 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
27977 You can specify in the dialog tab
27981 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
27983 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
27984 entries, showing where in the document the entry is referenced.
27987 \begin_layout Standard
27992 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
27993 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
27994 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
27996 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
27997 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
27999 \begin_inset space ~
28002 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
28003 \begin_inset space ~
28006 1 will only display the sections.
28009 \begin_layout Standard
28010 The header informations in the dialog tab
28014 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
28015 Many programs are able to extract these informations to e.
28016 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28020 \begin_inset space ~
28023 automatically recognize who is the author and what is the PDF about.
28024 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
28027 Automatic fill header
28029 is set, LyX tries to extract the header informations from your document
28030 title and author settings.
28033 \begin_layout Standard
28036 Load in fullscreen mode
28038 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
28041 \begin_layout Standard
28042 PDF properties are also used in this document.
28043 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
28049 For an explanation of them we refer to the hyperref manual
28050 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28059 \begin_layout Section
28060 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
28061 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28063 name "sec:TeX-Code"
28070 \begin_layout Subsection
28075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28082 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28084 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
28091 \begin_layout Standard
28092 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
28093 constructs, but not all.
28094 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
28095 Every time packages are updated and new ones added.
28096 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
28097 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
28098 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
28102 \begin_layout Standard
28103 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
28105 An TeX Code box is created by the menu
28107 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28109 \begin_inset space ~
28114 or by the toolbar button
28115 \begin_inset Graphics
28116 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
28121 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
28125 \begin_layout Standard
28126 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
28127 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
28128 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
28135 , you can write the command part
28141 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
28145 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
28146 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
28147 the following example:
28150 \begin_layout Standard
28151 \begin_inset Graphics
28152 filename clipart/ERT.png
28160 \begin_layout Standard
28164 \begin_layout Standard
28165 This is a line with a
28169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28192 \begin_layout Standard
28193 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28201 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
28202 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
28210 \begin_layout Subsection
28211 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
28212 \begin_inset OptArg
28215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28232 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28234 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28241 \begin_layout Standard
28242 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
28243 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
28244 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
28245 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28249 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28253 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
28254 every time if you know the right commands.
28256 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
28257 the end of the day.
28258 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
28259 all caption labels bold.
28260 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
28262 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
28265 \begin_layout Standard
28266 Now LaTeX comes into play.
28267 As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
28268 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
28270 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28279 \begin_layout Standard
28280 As result you know that the package
28288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28289 LaTeX-packages ! caption
28295 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
28297 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28303 \begin_layout Standard
28308 usepackage[options]{package name}
28311 \begin_layout Standard
28312 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
28313 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
28314 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
28317 \begin_layout Standard
28318 In your case the package name is
28323 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
28328 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
28329 So you add the command
28332 \begin_layout Standard
28337 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
28340 \begin_layout Standard
28341 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
28345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28346 For more commands provided by the
28350 package, have a look at its documentation,
28351 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28365 \begin_layout Standard
28366 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
28368 For example if you use a
28372 class, you don't need the package
28376 , you can instead write
28379 \begin_layout Standard
28384 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
28389 \begin_layout Standard
28390 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
28391 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
28392 documentation of the document class you want to use.
28399 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
28402 \begin_layout Standard
28403 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
28404 text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
28406 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
28407 the previous section.
28410 \begin_layout Standard
28411 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
28413 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28415 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
28423 \begin_layout Section
28424 Previewing Snippets of your Document
28428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28435 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28437 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
28445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28454 \begin_layout Standard
28455 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
28456 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
28457 to break your train of thought with
28459 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28465 \begin_layout Standard
28466 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
28467 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
28475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28476 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
28481 as explained below, and turn on
28484 \begin_inset space ~
28491 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28497 \begin_inset space ~
28501 \begin_inset space ~
28504 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28510 \begin_layout Standard
28511 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
28513 Previews of an already loaded document are
28517 generated just by selecting the
28520 \begin_inset space ~
28525 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
28528 \begin_layout Standard
28529 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
28530 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
28533 \begin_inset space ~
28538 check box in the insert dialog.
28539 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
28543 \begin_layout Standard
28544 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
28548 (on some systems named simply
28553 In case it is not already installed, you find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28555 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28561 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28562 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
28570 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
28574 \begin_layout Standard
28575 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28581 \begin_layout Standard
28582 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28586 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28588 \begin_inset space ~
28593 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28594 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28596 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28597 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28598 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28599 the source view window.
28602 \begin_layout Section
28604 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28606 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28623 \begin_layout Standard
28624 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28625 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28642 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28648 can be seen as successor of
28652 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
28657 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28658 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28666 \begin_layout Standard
28667 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28668 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28675 \begin_layout Standard
28678 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28681 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28682 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28683 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28684 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28685 scrolled so that it is visible.
28690 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28692 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28696 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28697 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28700 \begin_layout Standard
28701 By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
28704 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28708 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28709 will bring an error message.
28710 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28711 specifying a different
28713 Alternative language
28715 in preferences dialog.
28718 \begin_layout Standard
28719 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
28722 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28726 \begin_layout Standard
28727 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28728 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28730 But you can use the
28733 \begin_inset space ~
28737 \begin_inset space ~
28745 \begin_layout Standard
28746 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28747 This does work with
28751 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28754 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28758 \begin_layout Standard
28763 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28766 \begin_layout Description
28768 \begin_inset space ~
28771 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28772 should consider, e.g.
28773 German umlauts although you spell check English document.
28774 This should not normally be needed.
28777 \begin_layout Description
28779 \begin_inset space ~
28782 dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default choice
28783 as your personal dictionary
28786 \begin_layout Description
28788 \begin_inset space ~
28792 \begin_inset space ~
28795 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28797 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28801 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28807 \begin_layout Description
28809 \begin_inset space ~
28813 \begin_inset space ~
28816 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28818 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28825 also for the spellchecker.
28829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28830 The encodings are explained in section
28831 \begin_inset space ~
28835 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28837 reference "sub:Settings"
28846 Only enable this if you use
28850 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28851 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28852 so this is disabled by default.
28855 \begin_layout Section
28860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28867 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28869 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28876 \begin_layout Standard
28877 Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
28880 \begin_layout Standard
28881 To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
28884 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28887 or the toolbar button
28888 \begin_inset Graphics
28889 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
28890 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28891 rotateOrigin center
28896 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
28900 \begin_layout Standard
28901 The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
28902 you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
28903 cases to find related words.
28906 \begin_layout Standard
28907 The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
28909 For example starting the thesaurus with the word
28910 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28914 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28917 leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
28918 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28922 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28926 To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
28927 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28931 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28935 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28939 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28945 \begin_layout Section
28950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28961 Document ! Change Tracking
28967 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28969 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
28976 \begin_layout Standard
28977 When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful
28978 to see changes others made highlighted in the document.
28979 You can then decide if you accept a change or not.
28980 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
28982 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28984 \begin_inset space ~
28987 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28989 \begin_inset space ~
28997 \begin_layout Standard
28998 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
29007 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
29010 \begin_inset space ~
29014 \begin_inset space ~
29027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29036 \begin_layout Standard
29037 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
29041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29050 \begin_layout Standard
29051 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29057 \begin_layout Standard
29058 \begin_inset Graphics
29059 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
29066 \begin_layout Standard
29067 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29073 \begin_layout Standard
29074 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
29078 \begin_layout Standard
29079 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29085 \begin_layout Standard
29086 \begin_inset Tabular
29087 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
29088 <features islongtable="true">
29089 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29090 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29091 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29096 \begin_inset Graphics
29097 filename ../images/changes-track.png
29098 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29099 rotateOrigin center
29108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29114 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29116 \begin_inset space ~
29119 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29121 \begin_inset space ~
29130 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29135 \begin_inset Graphics
29136 filename ../images/changes-output.png
29137 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29138 rotateOrigin center
29147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29153 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29155 \begin_inset space ~
29158 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29160 \begin_inset space ~
29164 \begin_inset space ~
29168 \begin_inset space ~
29177 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29182 \begin_inset Graphics
29183 filename ../images/change-next.png
29184 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29185 rotateOrigin center
29194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29198 Jumps to the next change
29204 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29209 \begin_inset Graphics
29210 filename ../images/change-accept.png
29211 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29212 rotateOrigin center
29221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29227 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29229 \begin_inset space ~
29232 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29234 \begin_inset space ~
29243 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29248 \begin_inset Graphics
29249 filename ../images/change-reject.png
29250 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29251 rotateOrigin center
29260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29266 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29268 \begin_inset space ~
29271 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29273 \begin_inset space ~
29282 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29287 \begin_inset Graphics
29288 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
29289 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29290 rotateOrigin center
29299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29305 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29307 \begin_inset space ~
29310 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29312 \begin_inset space ~
29321 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29326 \begin_inset Graphics
29327 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
29328 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29329 rotateOrigin center
29338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29344 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29346 \begin_inset space ~
29349 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29351 \begin_inset space ~
29355 \begin_inset space ~
29364 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29369 \begin_inset Graphics
29370 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
29371 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29372 rotateOrigin center
29381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29387 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29389 \begin_inset space ~
29392 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29394 \begin_inset space ~
29398 \begin_inset space ~
29407 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29412 \begin_inset Graphics
29413 filename ../images/note-insert.png
29414 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29415 rotateOrigin center
29424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29430 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29431 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29433 \begin_inset space ~
29442 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29447 \begin_inset Graphics
29448 filename ../images/note-next.png
29449 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29450 rotateOrigin center
29459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29465 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29467 \begin_inset space ~
29483 \begin_layout Standard
29484 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29490 \begin_layout Standard
29491 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes -- highlight
29492 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
29493 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you informations about
29494 the next change behind the current cursor position.
29495 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
29496 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
29497 step to the next change.
29498 This way you can jump through all changes of the document.
29501 \begin_layout Standard
29502 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
29503 to describe a change.
29506 \begin_layout Standard
29507 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
29515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29516 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
29522 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29523 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29529 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29532 \begin_layout Section
29533 International Support
29537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29538 International support
29546 \begin_layout Standard
29547 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
29548 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
29549 how to set up LyX to use them:
29550 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29552 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
29559 \begin_layout Standard
29560 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
29561 \begin_inset space ~
29565 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29567 reference "sub:Special-Character"
29574 \begin_layout Subsection
29579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29590 Document ! Settings
29599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29600 Document ! Language
29608 \begin_layout Standard
29611 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29614 dialog lets you set
29616 the language and character encoding for your language.
29620 \begin_layout Standard
29621 Choose your language in the
29625 section of this dialog.
29633 \begin_layout Standard
29638 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX
29642 use language's default encoding
29644 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
29645 For details about the different encoding options see section
29646 \begin_inset space ~
29650 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29652 reference "sub:Settings"
29659 \begin_layout Subsection
29660 Keyboard mapping configuration
29661 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29663 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
29670 \begin_layout Standard
29671 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
29672 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
29673 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
29674 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
29675 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
29677 \begin_inset space ~
29681 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29683 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
29688 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
29689 which one you want to use.
29692 \begin_layout Standard
29693 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
29694 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
29695 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
29696 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
29697 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
29698 one to support the characters you want.
29699 This and much more customizations are explained in the
29706 \begin_layout Subsection
29708 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29717 \begin_layout Standard
29719 \begin_inset space ~
29723 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29725 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
29734 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
29738 \begin_layout Standard
29739 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
29740 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
29748 \begin_layout Itemize
29749 Even if you have selected
29755 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29758 dialog, users who have only the
29762 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
29766 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
29767 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
29768 french quotes won't show up.
29771 \begin_layout Standard
29772 \begin_inset Float table
29777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29778 \begin_inset Caption
29780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29781 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29783 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
29799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29801 \begin_inset Tabular
29802 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
29804 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29805 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29806 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29807 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29808 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29809 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29810 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29811 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29812 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29813 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29814 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29815 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29816 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29817 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29818 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29819 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29820 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30673 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34233 \begin_layout Standard
34234 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
34236 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
34237 also the characters from
34249 \begin_layout Itemize
34258 \begin_layout Standard
34259 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
34260 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34266 \begin_layout Standard
34267 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
34268 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34274 \begin_layout Standard
34275 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
34276 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34282 \begin_layout Standard
34283 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
34284 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34290 \begin_layout Standard
34292 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34298 \begin_layout Standard
34300 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34306 \begin_layout Standard
34308 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34315 \begin_layout Itemize
34328 \begin_layout Standard
34330 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34336 \begin_layout Standard
34338 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34344 \begin_layout Standard
34346 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34352 \begin_layout Standard
34354 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34360 \begin_layout Standard
34362 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34368 \begin_layout Standard
34370 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34377 \begin_layout Standard
34378 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
34379 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
34380 Also make sure you're using the
34387 \begin_layout Chapter
34390 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34392 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
34399 \begin_layout Standard
34400 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
34401 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
34402 inside the user's guide.
34405 \begin_layout Section
34410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34419 \begin_layout Standard
34424 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
34425 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
34428 \begin_layout Subsection
34432 \begin_layout Standard
34433 Creates a new document.
34436 \begin_layout Subsection
34440 \begin_layout Standard
34441 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
34442 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
34443 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
34446 \begin_layout Subsection
34450 \begin_layout Standard
34454 \begin_layout Subsection
34458 \begin_layout Standard
34459 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
34460 Click there on a file to open it.
34463 \begin_layout Subsection
34467 \begin_layout Standard
34468 Closes the current document.
34471 \begin_layout Subsection
34475 \begin_layout Standard
34476 Saves the actual document.
34479 \begin_layout Subsection
34483 \begin_layout Standard
34484 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
34487 \begin_layout Subsection
34491 \begin_layout Standard
34492 Reloads the actual document from disk.
34495 \begin_layout Subsection
34499 \begin_layout Standard
34500 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
34501 It is described in the section
34503 Version Control in LyX
34508 \begin_inset space ~
34516 \begin_layout Subsection
34520 \begin_layout Standard
34521 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files, NoWeb-files,
34522 plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files (CSV).
34523 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
34526 \begin_layout Standard
34527 When using the menu
34530 \begin_inset space ~
34534 \begin_inset space ~
34539 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
34540 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
34541 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
34542 will start a new paragraph.
34545 \begin_layout Subsection
34547 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34556 \begin_layout Standard
34557 You can export your document to various file formats.
34558 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
34559 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
34560 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
34563 \begin_layout Standard
34564 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
34566 \begin_inset space ~
34570 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34572 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34579 \begin_layout Description
34583 \begin_inset space ~
34588 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
34589 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
34592 \begin_layout Description
34600 \begin_layout Description
34601 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
34605 \begin_layout Description
34607 \begin_inset space ~
34611 \begin_inset space ~
34614 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
34618 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
34626 \begin_layout Description
34633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34641 \begin_inset space ~
34646 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
34647 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
34651 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
34654 \begin_layout Description
34661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34669 \begin_inset space ~
34674 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
34675 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
34683 \begin_layout Description
34685 \begin_inset space ~
34688 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
34689 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34693 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34696 is replaced by the version number)
34699 \begin_layout Description
34700 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
34713 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
34717 \begin_layout Description
34722 PDF-format using the program
34727 \begin_layout Description
34731 \begin_inset space ~
34736 PDF-format using the program
34741 \begin_layout Description
34745 \begin_inset space ~
34750 PDF-format using the program
34755 \begin_layout Description
34759 \begin_inset space ~
34767 \begin_layout Description
34771 \begin_inset space ~
34775 \begin_inset space ~
34780 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
34781 and then exported as text using the program
34786 \begin_layout Description
34791 PostScript format using the program
34796 \begin_layout Description
34804 \begin_layout Standard
34809 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
34810 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
34816 produces directly PDF-files and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
34819 \begin_layout Standard
34820 If one of the menu entries
34827 \begin_inset space ~
34836 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34837 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34838 \begin_inset space ~
34842 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34844 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34853 Reconfiguration of LyX
34861 \begin_layout Standard
34866 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
34867 the export program.
34870 \begin_layout Subsection
34874 \begin_layout Standard
34875 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
34876 or send it to a printer.
34877 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
34878 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
34884 For more informations have a look at section
34885 \begin_inset space ~
34889 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34891 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
34898 \begin_layout Subsection
34899 New and Close Window
34902 \begin_layout Standard
34903 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
34904 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
34907 \begin_layout Section
34912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34921 \begin_layout Subsection
34925 \begin_layout Standard
34926 Described in section
34927 \begin_inset space ~
34931 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34933 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
34940 \begin_layout Subsection
34941 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
34944 \begin_layout Standard
34945 Described in section
34946 \begin_inset space ~
34950 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34952 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34959 \begin_layout Subsection
34963 \begin_layout Standard
34964 Selects the whole document.
34967 \begin_layout Subsection
34971 \begin_layout Standard
34972 Described in section
34973 \begin_inset space ~
34977 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34979 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34986 \begin_layout Subsection
34987 Move Paragraph Up/Down
34990 \begin_layout Standard
34991 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
34995 \begin_layout Subsection
34999 \begin_layout Standard
35000 Described in section
35001 \begin_inset space ~
35005 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35007 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
35014 \begin_layout Subsection
35019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35020 Paragraph ! Settings
35028 \begin_layout Standard
35029 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
35031 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
35034 \begin_layout Standard
35035 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
35036 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
35039 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35045 \begin_inset space ~
35053 \begin_layout Subsection
35057 \begin_layout Standard
35058 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
35059 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
35060 The properties of tables are described in section
35061 \begin_inset space ~
35065 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35067 reference "sec:Tables"
35071 , the properties of formulas in chapter
35072 \begin_inset space ~
35076 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35078 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35085 \begin_layout Subsection
35086 Increase / Decrease List Depth
35089 \begin_layout Standard
35090 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
35092 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
35093 \begin_inset space ~
35097 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35099 reference "sec:Nesting"
35104 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35106 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
35113 \begin_layout Section
35118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35127 \begin_layout Standard
35132 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
35133 document with an external program.
35134 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
35135 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
35136 All possible formats are formats listed in section
35137 \begin_inset space ~
35141 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35143 reference "sub:Export"
35148 You should at least see the menu entries
35155 \begin_inset space ~
35161 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
35162 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
35163 \begin_inset space ~
35167 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35169 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
35177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35178 Reconfiguration of LyX
35186 \begin_layout Standard
35187 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
35188 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
35189 \begin_inset space ~
35193 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35195 reference "sec:File-Formats"
35200 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
35203 \begin_layout Standard
35204 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
35207 At the bottom of the
35211 menu the opened documents are listed.
35214 \begin_layout Subsection
35215 Open/Close all Insets
35218 \begin_layout Standard
35219 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
35222 \begin_layout Subsection
35223 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
35226 \begin_layout Standard
35227 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
35230 \begin_layout Standard
35231 More about math macros will be described in the
35238 \begin_layout Subsection
35242 \begin_layout Standard
35243 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
35245 \begin_inset space ~
35249 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35251 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
35258 \begin_layout Subsection
35262 \begin_layout Standard
35263 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
35264 opening a new view window.
35267 \begin_layout Subsection
35271 \begin_layout Standard
35272 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
35273 This allows you view documents the same time to compare them, or to view
35274 the same document, but at different positions.
35275 You can split the main window even several times to view for example 3
35276 or more documents the same time.
35277 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
35284 \begin_layout Subsection
35288 \begin_layout Standard
35289 Closes a split view.
35292 \begin_layout Subsection
35296 \begin_layout Standard
35297 Using this menu or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars so
35298 that you will see nothing than your text.
35299 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
35300 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
35301 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the the appearing context menu.
35304 \begin_layout Subsection
35306 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35308 name "sub:Toolbars"
35316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35325 \begin_layout Standard
35326 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
35327 All toolbars and the
35330 \begin_inset space ~
35335 can be turned on and off.
35340 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
35352 \begin_inset space ~
35361 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
35365 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
35372 \begin_layout Standard
35377 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
35381 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
35382 or when a certain feature is enabled.
35383 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
35384 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
35385 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
35388 \begin_layout Standard
35389 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section
35390 \begin_inset space ~
35394 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35396 reference "sec:Toolbars"
35403 \begin_layout Section
35408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35417 \begin_layout Subsection
35421 \begin_layout Standard
35422 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
35423 \begin_inset space ~
35427 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35429 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35440 \begin_layout Subsection
35442 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35444 name "sub:Special-Character"
35451 \begin_layout Standard
35452 Here you can insert the following characters:
35455 \begin_layout Description
35456 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
35457 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
35458 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
35459 \begin_inset Newline newline
35463 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35471 Not all characters will be visible in the
35475 dialog because none of the screen font that you can set in the preferences
35477 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
35481 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35483 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
35487 ) can display every character.
35495 \begin_layout Description
35496 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
35500 \begin_layout Description
35502 \begin_inset space ~
35506 \begin_inset space ~
35509 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
35510 \begin_inset space ~
35514 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35516 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
35523 \begin_layout Description
35525 \begin_inset space ~
35528 Quote Inserts this quote:
35529 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35532 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
35534 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35544 \begin_layout Description
35546 \begin_inset space ~
35549 Quote Inserts this quote:
35550 \begin_inset Quotes els
35556 \begin_layout Description
35558 \begin_inset space ~
35561 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
35565 \begin_layout Description
35567 \begin_inset space ~
35570 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
35574 \begin_layout Description
35576 \begin_inset space ~
35579 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
35583 \begin_layout Description
35585 \begin_inset space ~
35592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35603 Language ! Phonetic symbols
35608 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
35609 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
35610 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
35618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35619 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
35625 \begin_inset Newline newline
35628 For more informations about this feature we refer to the documentation of
35632 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
35640 and this Wiki-page:
35641 \begin_inset Newline newline
35645 \begin_inset Flex URL
35648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35650 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
35658 \begin_layout Subsection
35662 \begin_layout Standard
35663 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
35666 \begin_layout Description
35667 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
35668 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
35674 \begin_layout Description
35675 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
35676 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
35682 \begin_layout Description
35684 \begin_inset space ~
35687 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
35688 \begin_inset space ~
35692 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35694 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
35701 \begin_layout Description
35703 \begin_inset space ~
35706 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
35707 \begin_inset space ~
35711 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35713 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
35720 \begin_layout Description
35722 \begin_inset space ~
35725 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
35726 \begin_inset space ~
35730 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35732 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
35739 \begin_layout Description
35741 \begin_inset space ~
35744 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
35745 \begin_inset space ~
35749 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35751 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
35758 \begin_layout Description
35760 \begin_inset space ~
35763 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section
35764 \begin_inset space ~
35768 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35770 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
35777 \begin_layout Description
35779 \begin_inset space ~
35782 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
35783 \begin_inset space ~
35787 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35789 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
35796 \begin_layout Description
35798 \begin_inset space ~
35801 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section
35802 \begin_inset space ~
35806 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35808 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
35815 \begin_layout Description
35817 \begin_inset space ~
35820 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
35821 \begin_inset space ~
35825 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35827 reference "sub:Ligatures"
35834 \begin_layout Description
35836 \begin_inset space ~
35840 \begin_inset space ~
35843 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
35844 \begin_inset space ~
35848 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35850 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
35857 \begin_layout Description
35859 \begin_inset space ~
35862 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
35863 text line to the page border, see section
35864 \begin_inset space ~
35868 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35870 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
35877 \begin_layout Description
35879 \begin_inset space ~
35882 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
35883 \begin_inset space ~
35887 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35889 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
35896 \begin_layout Description
35898 \begin_inset space ~
35901 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
35902 text page to the page border, described in section
35903 \begin_inset space ~
35907 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35909 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
35916 \begin_layout Description
35918 \begin_inset space ~
35921 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
35922 \begin_inset space ~
35926 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35928 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
35935 \begin_layout Description
35937 \begin_inset space ~
35941 \begin_inset space ~
35944 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
35945 \begin_inset space ~
35949 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35951 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
35958 \begin_layout Subsection
35962 \begin_layout Standard
35963 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
35964 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
35966 \begin_inset space ~
35970 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35972 reference "sec:toc"
35977 The index list is described in section
35978 \begin_inset space ~
35982 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35984 reference "sec:Index"
35988 , the nomenclature in section
35989 \begin_inset space ~
35993 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35995 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35999 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
36000 \begin_inset space ~
36004 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36006 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
36013 \begin_layout Subsection
36017 \begin_layout Standard
36018 To insert floats, described in section
36019 \begin_inset space ~
36023 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36025 reference "sec:Floats"
36032 \begin_layout Subsection
36036 \begin_layout Standard
36037 To insert notes, described in section
36038 \begin_inset space ~
36042 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36044 reference "sec:Notes"
36051 \begin_layout Subsection
36055 \begin_layout Standard
36056 Inserts branch insets as described in section
36057 \begin_inset space ~
36061 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36063 reference "sec:Branches"
36070 \begin_layout Subsection
36075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36084 \begin_layout Standard
36085 Here you can insert files to include them or its content to your document.
36086 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
36097 \begin_layout Subsection
36102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36111 \begin_layout Standard
36112 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
36113 \begin_inset space ~
36117 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36119 reference "sec:Minipages"
36124 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
36135 \begin_layout Subsection
36139 \begin_layout Standard
36140 Inserts a citation as described in section
36141 \begin_inset space ~
36145 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36147 reference "sec:Bibliography"
36154 \begin_layout Subsection
36158 \begin_layout Standard
36159 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
36160 \begin_inset space ~
36164 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36166 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36173 \begin_layout Subsection
36177 \begin_layout Standard
36178 Inserts a label as described in section
36179 \begin_inset space ~
36183 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36185 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36192 \begin_layout Subsection
36197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36208 Longtables ! Caption
36216 \begin_layout Standard
36217 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
36218 Floats are described in section
36219 \begin_inset space ~
36223 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36225 reference "sec:Floats"
36229 , captions in longtables are described in section
36240 \begin_layout Subsection
36244 \begin_layout Standard
36245 Inserts an index entry as described in section
36246 \begin_inset space ~
36250 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36252 reference "sec:Index"
36259 \begin_layout Subsection
36263 \begin_layout Standard
36264 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
36265 \begin_inset space ~
36269 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36271 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36278 \begin_layout Subsection
36282 \begin_layout Standard
36284 Tables are described in section
36285 \begin_inset space ~
36289 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36291 reference "sec:Tables"
36298 \begin_layout Subsection
36302 \begin_layout Standard
36304 Graphics are described in section
36305 \begin_inset space ~
36309 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36311 reference "sec:Graphics"
36318 \begin_layout Subsection
36322 \begin_layout Standard
36323 Inserts an URL as described in section
36324 \begin_inset space ~
36328 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36330 reference "sub:URLs"
36337 \begin_layout Subsection
36341 \begin_layout Standard
36342 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
36343 \begin_inset space ~
36347 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36349 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
36356 \begin_layout Subsection
36360 \begin_layout Standard
36361 Inserts a footnote, see section
36362 \begin_inset space ~
36366 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36368 reference "sec:Footnotes"
36375 \begin_layout Subsection
36379 \begin_layout Standard
36380 Inserts a marginal note, see section
36381 \begin_inset space ~
36385 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36387 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
36394 \begin_layout Subsection
36398 \begin_layout Standard
36399 Inserts a short title, see section
36400 \begin_inset space ~
36404 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36406 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
36413 \begin_layout Subsection
36417 \begin_layout Standard
36418 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
36419 \begin_inset space ~
36423 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36425 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
36432 \begin_layout Subsection
36437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36446 \begin_layout Standard
36447 Inserts a program listings box.
36448 Program listings are explained in chapter
36450 Program Code Listings
36459 \begin_layout Subsection
36463 \begin_layout Standard
36464 Inserts the actual date.
36465 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
36467 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
36477 There the different methods are also compared.
36480 \begin_layout Section
36485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36494 \begin_layout Standard
36495 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
36496 \begin_inset space ~
36499 of the current document.
36500 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
36503 \begin_layout Subsection
36507 \begin_layout Standard
36508 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
36509 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
36512 \begin_inset space ~
36516 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
36517 \begin_inset space ~
36520 2.5 and use the menu
36523 \begin_inset space ~
36527 \begin_inset space ~
36534 \begin_inset space ~
36540 \begin_inset space ~
36544 \begin_inset space ~
36550 Now you can easily jump between these sections by using the menu or by
36562 \begin_layout Standard
36563 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
36564 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
36567 \begin_layout Subsection
36568 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
36571 \begin_layout Standard
36572 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
36576 \begin_layout Subsection
36580 \begin_layout Standard
36581 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
36582 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
36583 on a cross-reference box.
36586 \begin_layout Section
36591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36600 \begin_layout Subsection
36604 \begin_layout Standard
36605 Change Tracking is described in section
36606 \begin_inset space ~
36610 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36612 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
36619 \begin_layout Subsection
36624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36634 \begin_layout Standard
36635 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
36637 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
36640 \begin_layout Standard
36641 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
36646 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
36649 \begin_layout Subsection
36653 \begin_layout Standard
36654 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
36655 \begin_inset space ~
36659 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36661 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
36668 \begin_layout Subsection
36669 Start Appendix Here
36672 \begin_layout Standard
36673 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
36674 position as described in section
36675 \begin_inset space ~
36679 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36681 reference "sec:Appendices"
36688 \begin_layout Subsection
36692 \begin_layout Standard
36693 Un/compresses the actual document.
36696 \begin_layout Subsection
36698 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36700 name "sub:Settings"
36708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36709 Document ! Settings
36717 \begin_layout Standard
36718 This menu dialog contains some submenus to set properties for the whole
36720 You can save your document settings as default with the
36722 Save as Document Defaults
36724 button in the dialog.
36725 This will create a template named
36729 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
36733 \begin_layout Standard
36734 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following:
36737 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36741 \begin_layout Standard
36742 Here you set the document class, class options, a Postscript driver, a master
36743 document, and modules.
36744 Document classes are described in section
36745 \begin_inset space ~
36749 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36751 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
36755 , modules in section
36756 \begin_inset space ~
36760 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36762 reference "sub:Modules"
36767 The Postscript driver is used for LaTeX's color and graphics packages.
36772 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages are used.
36773 It is recommended to use the default unless your know what you are doing.
36774 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is
36775 a child or subdocument.
36776 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
36787 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36791 \begin_layout Standard
36792 The document font settings are described in section
36793 \begin_inset space ~
36797 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36799 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
36806 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36810 \begin_layout Standard
36811 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
36813 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
36817 \begin_layout Standard
36818 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
36819 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
36820 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
36823 \begin_layout Standard
36824 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
36832 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36836 \begin_layout Standard
36837 A description of this menu is given in section
36838 \begin_inset space ~
36842 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36844 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
36849 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36851 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
36858 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36862 \begin_layout Standard
36863 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
36864 \begin_inset space ~
36868 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36870 reference "sub:Margins"
36877 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36883 Language ! Encoding
36891 \begin_layout Standard
36892 The document language and quote styles are set here.
36893 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
36894 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
36895 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
36896 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
36897 known for a particular character).
36901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36902 The known commands are defined in a text file.
36903 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
36908 manual for details.
36916 \begin_layout Standard
36917 If you use the option
36919 use language's default encoding
36921 , LyX determines the encoding of a portion of text from the language of
36923 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
36924 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
36925 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
36926 exactly one encoding.
36927 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
36935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36936 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
36937 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
36939 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
36940 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36954 \begin_layout Standard
36955 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
36956 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
36957 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
36958 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
36959 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
36960 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
36963 use language's default encoding
36965 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
36966 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
36967 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
36970 \begin_layout Standard
36971 Here is a list with the important encodings:
36974 \begin_layout Description
36976 \begin_inset space ~
36981 use language's default encoding
36983 , but the LaTeX-package
36991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36992 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
36998 When using this, you probably need to load some other packages manually
36999 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
37000 languages in TeX code.
37003 \begin_layout Description
37004 armscii8 encoding for Armenian
37007 \begin_layout Description
37008 ascii the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English, may result in a big
37009 file because lots of LaTeX-commands may be needed
37012 \begin_layout Description
37013 cp1250 MS Windows code page for latin2
37016 \begin_layout Description
37017 cp1251 MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
37020 \begin_layout Description
37021 cp1252 MS Windows code page for latin1
37024 \begin_layout Description
37025 cp1255 MS Windows code page for Hebrew, superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
37028 \begin_layout Description
37029 cp1256 MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
37032 \begin_layout Description
37033 cp1257 MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the ISO-8859-
37034 13 encoding that is a superset of the ISO-8859-4 encoding
37037 \begin_layout Description
37038 iso88595 the ISO-8859-5 encoding, covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian,
37039 Serbian, and Ukrainian
37042 \begin_layout Description
37043 iso-8859-7 the ISO-8859-7 encoding, covers Greek
37046 \begin_layout Description
37047 8859-8 the ISO-8859-8 encoding, covers Hebrew
37050 \begin_layout Description
37051 koi8-r standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
37054 \begin_layout Description
37055 koi8-u Cyrillic for Ukrainian
37058 \begin_layout Description
37059 latin1 the ISO-8859-1 encoding, covers the languages Albanian, Catalan,
37060 Danish, Dutch, English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic,
37061 Irish, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; should be
37065 \begin_layout Description
37066 latin2 the ISO-8859-2 encoding, covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German,
37067 Hungarian, Polish, Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
37070 \begin_layout Description
37071 latin3 the ISO-8859-3 encoding, covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and
37075 \begin_layout Description
37076 latin4 the ISO-8859-4 encoding, covers Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian
37079 \begin_layout Description
37080 latin5 the ISO-8859-9 encoding, covers Turkish, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding
37081 where the Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
37084 \begin_layout Description
37085 latin9 the ISO-8859-15 encoding, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with
37086 the euro currency sign, the
37090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37099 -ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish; latin9 should
37100 be the replacement for latin1
37103 \begin_layout Description
37104 pt154 Cyrillic for Kazakh
37107 \begin_layout Description
37108 utf8 Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
37116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37117 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
37123 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
37127 \begin_layout Description
37128 utf8x Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
37136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37137 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
37142 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
37145 \begin_layout Description
37146 UTF8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
37154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37155 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
37160 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
37163 \begin_layout Description
37164 utf8-plain Unicode utf8 to be used with
37168 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
37176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37177 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
37178 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
37192 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
37196 \begin_layout Standard
37197 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
37199 \begin_inset space ~
37203 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37205 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
37212 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
37216 \begin_layout Standard
37217 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX-packages
37225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37226 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
37239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37240 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
37246 For a further description see section
37247 \begin_inset space ~
37251 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37253 reference "sec:Bibliography"
37260 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
37264 \begin_layout Standard
37265 The PDF properties are explained in section
37266 \begin_inset space ~
37270 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37272 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
37279 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
37283 \begin_layout Standard
37284 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
37292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37293 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
37306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37307 LaTeX-packages ! esint
37312 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
37315 \begin_layout Standard
37320 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
37321 assure that you have enabled AMS.
37324 \begin_layout Standard
37329 is used for special integral characters.
37332 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
37336 \begin_layout Standard
37337 The float placement options are described in section
37338 \begin_inset space ~
37342 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37344 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
37351 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
37355 \begin_layout Standard
37356 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
37357 The itemize environment is described in section
37358 \begin_inset space ~
37362 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37364 reference "sec:Itemize"
37371 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
37375 \begin_layout Standard
37376 Branches are described in section
37377 \begin_inset space ~
37381 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37383 reference "sec:Branches"
37390 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
37395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37405 \begin_layout Standard
37406 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
37407 to define LaTeX-commands.
37408 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
37409 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
37413 \begin_layout Standard
37414 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
37415 \begin_inset space ~
37419 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37421 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
37428 \begin_layout Section
37433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37442 \begin_layout Subsection
37446 \begin_layout Standard
37447 Spell checking is explained in section
37448 \begin_inset space ~
37452 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37454 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
37461 \begin_layout Subsection
37465 \begin_layout Standard
37466 The thesaurus is described in section
37467 \begin_inset space ~
37471 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37473 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
37480 \begin_layout Subsection
37485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37504 \begin_layout Standard
37505 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
37506 highlighted document part.
37509 \begin_layout Subsection
37514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37523 \begin_layout Standard
37524 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
37527 \begin_layout Subsection
37532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37533 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
37537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37544 Reconfiguration of LyX
37548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37565 Reconfiguration of LyX
37573 \begin_layout Standard
37574 This menu reconfigures LyX.
37575 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section
37576 \begin_inset space ~
37580 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37582 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
37589 \begin_layout Subsection
37593 \begin_layout Standard
37594 The preferences dialog is described in detail in chapter
37595 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37599 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37601 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
37608 \begin_layout Section
37613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37622 \begin_layout Standard
37623 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
37627 \begin_layout Standard
37631 \begin_inset space ~
37636 shows a LyX-document with informations about the LaTeX-packages and classes
37637 found by LyX (see also section
37638 \begin_inset space ~
37642 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37644 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
37651 \begin_layout Section
37653 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37655 name "sec:Toolbars"
37662 \begin_layout Standard
37663 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
37664 \begin_inset space ~
37668 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37670 reference "sub:Toolbars"
37677 \begin_layout Standard
37678 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
37679 This is described in the
37686 \begin_layout Subsection
37691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37700 \begin_layout Standard
37701 \begin_inset Graphics
37702 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
37710 \begin_layout Standard
37711 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37717 \begin_layout Standard
37718 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37735 \begin_inset Note Note
37738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37739 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
37744 manual for more information.
37752 \begin_layout Standard
37753 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37759 \begin_layout Standard
37760 \begin_inset Tabular
37761 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
37762 <features islongtable="true">
37763 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37764 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37770 \begin_inset Graphics
37771 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
37781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37785 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
37798 \begin_layout Standard
37799 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
37805 \begin_layout Standard
37807 \begin_inset Tabular
37808 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
37809 <features islongtable="true">
37810 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37811 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37812 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37819 \begin_inset Graphics
37820 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
37821 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37836 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37843 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37848 \begin_inset Graphics
37849 filename ../images/file-open.png
37850 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37865 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37872 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37877 \begin_inset Graphics
37878 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
37879 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37894 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37901 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37906 \begin_inset Graphics
37907 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
37908 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
37917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37923 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37930 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37935 \begin_inset Graphics
37936 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
37937 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37952 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37959 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37964 \begin_inset Graphics
37965 filename ../images/undo.png
37966 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37981 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37988 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37993 \begin_inset Graphics
37994 filename ../images/redo.png
37995 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38010 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38017 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38022 \begin_inset Graphics
38023 filename ../images/cut.png
38024 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38039 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38046 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38051 \begin_inset Graphics
38052 filename ../images/copy.png
38053 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38068 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38075 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38080 \begin_inset Graphics
38081 filename ../images/paste.png
38082 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38097 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38104 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38109 \begin_inset Graphics
38110 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
38111 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38112 rotateOrigin center
38121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38127 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38129 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38133 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38142 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38147 \begin_inset Graphics
38148 filename ../images/font-emph.png
38149 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38162 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
38164 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
38166 \begin_inset space ~
38177 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38182 \begin_inset Graphics
38183 filename ../images/font-noun.png
38184 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38197 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
38199 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
38201 \begin_inset space ~
38212 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38217 \begin_inset Graphics
38218 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
38219 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38232 Formats text using the current settings in the
38234 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38236 \begin_inset space ~
38247 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38252 \begin_inset Graphics
38253 filename ../images/math-mode.png
38254 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38269 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38270 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38272 \begin_inset space ~
38281 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38286 \begin_inset Graphics
38287 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
38288 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38289 rotateOrigin center
38298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38304 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38311 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38316 \begin_inset Graphics
38317 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
38318 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38319 rotateOrigin center
38328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38334 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38341 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38346 \begin_inset Graphics
38347 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
38348 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38349 rotateOrigin center
38358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38362 Toggle outline window on/off,
38364 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38371 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38376 \begin_inset Graphics
38377 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
38378 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38379 rotateOrigin center
38388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38392 Toggle math toolbar on/off
38398 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38403 \begin_inset Graphics
38404 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
38405 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38406 rotateOrigin center
38415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38419 Toggle table toolbar on/off
38432 \begin_layout Subsection
38437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38446 \begin_layout Standard
38447 \begin_inset Graphics
38448 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
38456 \begin_layout Standard
38457 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38463 \begin_layout Standard
38464 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
38468 \begin_layout Standard
38469 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38475 \begin_layout Standard
38476 \begin_inset Tabular
38477 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
38478 <features islongtable="true">
38479 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38480 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38481 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38486 \begin_inset Graphics
38487 filename ../images/layout.png
38488 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38489 rotateOrigin center
38498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38508 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38513 \begin_inset Graphics
38514 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
38515 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38516 rotateOrigin center
38525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38535 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38540 \begin_inset Graphics
38541 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
38542 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38543 rotateOrigin center
38552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38562 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38567 \begin_inset Graphics
38568 filename ../images/layout_List.png
38569 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38570 rotateOrigin center
38579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38589 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38594 \begin_inset Graphics
38595 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
38596 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38597 rotateOrigin center
38606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38616 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38621 \begin_inset Graphics
38622 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
38623 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38624 rotateOrigin center
38633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38639 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38641 \begin_inset space ~
38645 \begin_inset space ~
38654 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38659 \begin_inset Graphics
38660 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
38661 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38662 rotateOrigin center
38671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38677 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38679 \begin_inset space ~
38683 \begin_inset space ~
38692 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38697 \begin_inset Graphics
38698 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
38699 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38714 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38715 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38722 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38727 \begin_inset Graphics
38728 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
38729 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38744 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38745 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38752 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38757 \begin_inset Graphics
38758 filename ../images/label-insert.png
38759 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38774 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38781 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38786 \begin_inset Graphics
38787 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
38788 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38803 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38810 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38815 \begin_inset Graphics
38816 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
38817 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38832 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38839 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38844 \begin_inset Graphics
38845 filename ../images/index-insert.png
38846 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38861 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38863 \begin_inset space ~
38872 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38877 \begin_inset Graphics
38878 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
38879 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38894 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38896 \begin_inset space ~
38905 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38910 \begin_inset Graphics
38911 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
38912 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38927 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38934 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38939 \begin_inset Graphics
38940 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
38941 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38942 rotateOrigin center
38951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38957 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38959 \begin_inset space ~
38968 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38973 \begin_inset Graphics
38974 filename ../images/note-insert.png
38975 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38990 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38991 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38993 \begin_inset space ~
39002 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39007 \begin_inset Graphics
39008 filename ../images/box-insert.png
39009 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39024 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39031 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39036 \begin_inset Graphics
39037 filename ../images/url-insert.png
39038 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39053 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39060 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39065 \begin_inset Graphics
39066 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
39067 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39082 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39104 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39109 \begin_inset Graphics
39110 filename ../images/math-macro_newmacroname_newcommand.png
39111 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39126 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39127 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39134 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39139 \begin_inset Graphics
39140 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
39141 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39156 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39157 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39159 \begin_inset space ~
39168 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39173 \begin_inset Graphics
39174 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
39175 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39176 rotateOrigin center
39185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39191 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39193 \begin_inset space ~
39202 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39207 \begin_inset Graphics
39208 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
39209 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39210 rotateOrigin center
39219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39225 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39227 \begin_inset space ~
39236 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39241 \begin_inset Graphics
39242 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
39243 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39244 rotateOrigin center
39253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39259 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39273 \begin_layout Subsection
39274 View / Update Toolbar
39278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39279 Toolbar ! View / Update
39287 \begin_layout Standard
39288 \begin_inset Graphics
39289 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
39296 \begin_layout Standard
39297 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39303 \begin_layout Standard
39304 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
39308 \begin_layout Standard
39309 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39315 \begin_layout Standard
39316 \begin_inset Tabular
39317 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
39318 <features islongtable="true">
39319 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39320 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39321 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39326 \begin_inset Graphics
39327 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
39328 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39329 rotateOrigin center
39338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39344 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39351 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39356 \begin_inset Graphics
39357 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
39358 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39359 rotateOrigin center
39368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39374 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39375 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39382 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39387 \begin_inset Graphics
39388 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
39389 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39390 rotateOrigin center
39399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39405 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39412 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39417 \begin_inset Graphics
39418 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
39419 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39420 rotateOrigin center
39429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39435 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39436 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39443 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39448 \begin_inset Graphics
39449 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
39450 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39451 rotateOrigin center
39460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39466 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39473 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39478 \begin_inset Graphics
39479 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
39480 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39481 rotateOrigin center
39490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39496 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39497 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39511 \begin_layout Subsection
39515 \begin_layout Standard
39516 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
39517 \begin_inset space ~
39521 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39523 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39527 , the table toolbar
39531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39541 manual, the math macro toolbar in the
39548 \begin_layout Chapter
39554 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39556 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
39564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39573 \begin_layout Standard
39574 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
39576 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39580 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
39583 \begin_layout Section
39587 \begin_layout Subsection
39589 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39591 name "sub:User-Interface"
39599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39600 Customization ! of toolbars
39609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39610 Customization ! of menus
39618 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39619 User Interface File
39623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39624 Customization ! of toolbars
39633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39634 Customization ! of menus
39642 \begin_layout Standard
39643 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39651 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
39660 \begin_layout Standard
39661 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
39662 interface (ui) file.
39663 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
39664 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
39673 Both files are loaded by the
39678 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
39679 files and edit the entries.
39682 \begin_layout Standard
39683 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
39695 entries must be ended with an explicit
39720 and in the case of the
39721 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39725 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39733 The syntax for the entries is:
39736 \begin_layout Standard
39737 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39743 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39751 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39755 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39759 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39765 \begin_layout Standard
39767 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39770 All LyX-functions are listed in
39771 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39780 \begin_layout Standard
39781 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
39787 \begin_layout Standard
39788 An example: Assuming you use the menu
39790 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39793 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
39797 \begin_layout Standard
39798 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39803 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
39806 \begin_layout Standard
39808 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39811 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
39814 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39818 \begin_layout Standard
39822 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39826 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39829 restoring of window layout and geometries
39831 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
39832 in the last LyX session.
39835 \begin_layout Standard
39838 Restore cursor positions
39840 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
39844 \begin_layout Standard
39847 Load opened files from last session
39849 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
39852 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39854 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39856 name "sub:Backup documents"
39864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39873 \begin_layout Standard
39878 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
39881 \begin_layout Standard
39886 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
39889 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39891 \begin_inset space ~
39899 \begin_layout Subsection
39904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39911 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39913 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
39920 \begin_layout Standard
39921 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
39924 \begin_layout Standard
39925 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39933 This section only deals with the fonts
39938 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
39941 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39942 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39953 \begin_layout Standard
39954 By default, LyX uses
39958 as roman (serif) font,
39966 (depends on the system) as
39969 \begin_inset space ~
39985 \begin_layout Standard
39986 You can change the font size with the
39991 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
39992 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
39995 \begin_layout Standard
40000 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
40001 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
40003 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40006 points have the size of 1
40007 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40011 \begin_inset space ~
40015 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40017 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
40024 \begin_layout Standard
40029 are the same as if a document font size of 10
40030 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40034 The sizes are explained in detail in section
40035 \begin_inset space ~
40039 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40041 reference "sub:Document-Font"
40048 \begin_layout Standard
40051 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
40053 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
40054 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
40055 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
40056 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
40058 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
40059 \begin_inset space ~
40065 \begin_layout Subsection
40070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40089 \begin_layout Standard
40090 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
40091 Choose an item in the list and use the
40098 \begin_layout Subsection
40103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40104 Settings ! Graphics
40112 \begin_layout Standard
40113 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
40116 \begin_layout Standard
40121 enables previewing snippets of your document.
40122 This feature is described in section
40123 \begin_inset space ~
40127 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40129 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
40136 \begin_layout Section
40141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40150 \begin_layout Subsection
40154 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40158 \begin_layout Standard
40161 Cursor follows scrollbar
40163 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
40167 \begin_layout Standard
40170 Sort environments alphabetically
40172 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
40175 \begin_layout Standard
40178 Group environments by their category
40180 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
40183 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40187 \begin_layout Standard
40188 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
40193 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
40194 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
40198 \begin_layout Subsection
40203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40214 Settings ! Shortcuts
40222 \begin_layout Standard
40223 Bindings are used to bind a function to a key.
40224 Several binding files are available:
40227 \begin_layout Description
40228 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
40231 \begin_layout Description
40232 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
40243 \begin_layout Description
40244 mac.bind set of bindings for
40247 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40255 \begin_layout Standard
40256 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
40260 , and bind files for special languages.
40261 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.g.
40263 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40267 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40271 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
40275 \begin_layout Standard
40276 Some bind-files, like
40280 , have only a small scope.
40281 When looking at the the end of the file
40285 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
40288 \begin_layout Standard
40289 If you like to customize the keybindings to your own taste, modify the bind-file
40290 s with a text editor.
40291 The syntax of the entries is:
40294 \begin_layout Standard
40300 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40304 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40308 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40312 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40318 \begin_layout Standard
40319 All LyX-functions are listed in
40320 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40329 \begin_layout Subsection
40331 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40335 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40339 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40341 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
40349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40360 Settings ! Keyboard Map
40368 \begin_layout Standard
40369 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
40370 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
40372 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40376 \begin_inset space ~
40379 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
40380 can use the keyboard map file named
40387 \begin_layout Standard
40388 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40396 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
40404 \begin_layout Section
40409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40428 \begin_layout Description
40430 \begin_inset space ~
40433 directory This is LyX's working directory.
40434 It is the default when you
40445 \begin_inset space ~
40453 \begin_layout Description
40455 \begin_inset space ~
40458 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
40460 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40462 \begin_inset space ~
40466 \begin_inset space ~
40474 \begin_layout Description
40476 \begin_inset space ~
40483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40489 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
40490 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
40491 \begin_inset space ~
40495 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40497 reference "sub:Backup documents"
40505 will be used to save the backups.
40506 \begin_inset Newline newline
40509 The backup files have the ending
40510 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40514 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40520 \begin_layout Description
40525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40532 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
40533 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
40534 \begin_inset Newline newline
40538 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40546 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
40554 \begin_layout Description
40556 \begin_inset space ~
40559 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
40562 \begin_layout Description
40564 \begin_inset space ~
40567 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
40568 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
40569 to find it on the system.
40570 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
40571 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
40573 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40577 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40580 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
40581 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
40585 \begin_layout Section
40589 \begin_layout Standard
40590 Here you can insert your name and email address.
40591 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
40593 \begin_inset space ~
40597 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40599 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
40603 , to mark changes you make as yours.
40606 \begin_layout Section
40611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40612 Language ! Settings
40621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40622 Settings ! Language
40630 \begin_layout Subsection
40634 \begin_layout Description
40636 \begin_inset space ~
40639 language is the language used in new documents
40642 \begin_layout Description
40644 \begin_inset space ~
40647 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
40649 The default is the LaTeX-command
40655 that loads the package
40663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40664 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
40665 \begin_inset space ~
40669 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40671 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
40681 \begin_inset Newline newline
40688 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
40689 the document language.
40690 A text label is for instance the word
40691 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40695 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40698 at the beginning of every table-caption.
40701 \begin_layout Description
40703 \begin_inset space ~
40706 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
40707 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
40708 An example is the start command
40714 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
40719 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40734 selectlanguage{$$lang}
40739 \begin_layout Description
40741 \begin_inset space ~
40749 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
40750 command toggles the package on and off.
40753 \begin_layout Description
40755 \begin_inset space ~
40765 \begin_layout Description
40766 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
40767 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
40768 used by all LaTeX-packages.
40769 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
40776 \begin_layout Description
40778 \begin_inset space ~
40781 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
40783 When this option is not set, the
40786 \begin_inset space ~
40791 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
40792 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
40795 \begin_inset space ~
40803 \begin_layout Description
40805 \begin_inset space ~
40811 \begin_inset space ~
40817 When it is not set, the
40820 \begin_inset space ~
40825 is set to the end of the document.
40828 \begin_layout Description
40830 \begin_inset space ~
40834 \begin_inset space ~
40837 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
40838 language will be underlined blue.
40841 \begin_layout Description
40843 \begin_inset space ~
40847 \begin_inset space ~
40851 \begin_inset space ~
40855 \begin_inset space ~
40858 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left, like Arabic,
40862 \begin_layout Subsection
40866 \begin_layout Standard
40867 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
40868 \begin_inset space ~
40872 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40874 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
40881 \begin_layout Section
40885 \begin_layout Subsection
40887 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40916 \begin_layout Description
40918 \begin_inset space ~
40921 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
40922 The name will be used when the
40927 \begin_inset Newline newline
40931 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40939 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
40948 \begin_layout Description
40950 \begin_inset space ~
40954 \begin_inset space ~
40958 \begin_inset space ~
40961 printer This option works only for the
40966 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40974 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40978 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
40979 This is an option only for dvips experts.
40982 \begin_layout Description
40984 \begin_inset space ~
40987 command is the command LyX
40988 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40992 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40995 LaTeX uses for printing.
40996 The default is on most systems
41003 \begin_layout Description
41005 \begin_inset space ~
41009 \begin_inset space ~
41012 Options Here you can specify printer options.
41013 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
41014 of the program that provides the
41021 \begin_layout Subsection
41026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41037 Settings ! Date format
41045 \begin_layout Standard
41046 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
41047 \begin_inset Newline newline
41051 \begin_inset Flex URL
41054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41056 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
41062 \begin_inset Newline newline
41065 For example the format
41066 \begin_inset Newline newline
41070 \begin_inset Newline newline
41073 prints the date as day/month/year.
41076 \begin_layout Subsection
41080 \begin_layout Description
41082 \begin_inset space ~
41086 \begin_inset space ~
41089 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
41092 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41093 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41095 \begin_inset space ~
41101 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
41105 \begin_layout Description
41107 \begin_inset space ~
41110 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
41115 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
41116 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
41119 \begin_layout Subsection
41124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41132 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41134 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
41142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41151 \begin_layout Description
41156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41164 \begin_inset space ~
41167 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
41172 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
41194 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
41195 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41203 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41207 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
41208 LyX sets up in the background.
41209 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
41212 \begin_layout Description
41214 \begin_inset space ~
41218 \begin_inset space ~
41221 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
41226 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
41229 \begin_layout Description
41231 \begin_inset space ~
41235 \begin_inset space ~
41239 \begin_inset space ~
41243 \begin_inset space ~
41247 \begin_inset space ~
41251 \begin_inset space ~
41254 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
41256 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41259 dialog when changing the document class.
41262 \begin_layout Standard
41265 External Applications
41267 field you can specify commands with parameters for the listed applications.
41268 Before you change something here, it is strongly recommended to read the
41269 manuals of the applications.
41270 Currently the following commands can be set:
41273 \begin_layout Description
41278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41286 \begin_inset space ~
41289 command Command for the program
41293 that is described in section
41304 \begin_layout Description
41309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41317 \begin_inset space ~
41320 command Command for the program
41324 that generates the bibliography, see section
41325 \begin_inset space ~
41329 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41331 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
41338 \begin_layout Description
41340 \begin_inset space ~
41343 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
41344 \begin_inset space ~
41348 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41350 reference "sub:Index-Program"
41357 \begin_layout Description
41359 \begin_inset space ~
41363 \begin_inset space ~
41367 \begin_inset space ~
41371 \begin_inset space ~
41374 options They only have an effect when the program
41378 is used as DVI-viewer.
41381 \begin_layout Subsection
41386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41405 \begin_layout Standard
41410 is only available in the Windows version of LyX.
41413 Use Windows-style paths in LaTeX files
41415 uses the Windows path style:
41418 \begin_layout Standard
41426 \begin_layout Standard
41427 instead of the Unix path style:
41430 \begin_layout Standard
41434 \begin_layout Section
41439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41448 \begin_layout Standard
41449 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
41450 from one format to another.
41451 You can modify them or create new ones.
41452 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
41459 \begin_inset space ~
41469 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
41473 \begin_inset space ~
41478 drop-down list, modify the
41482 field, and press the
41489 \begin_layout Standard
41492 Converter File Cache
41494 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
41497 Maximum Age (in days
41500 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
41501 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
41504 \begin_layout Standard
41505 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
41506 the converter definition, is described in section
41517 \begin_layout Section
41522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41529 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41531 name "sec:File-Formats"
41538 \begin_layout Standard
41539 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
41540 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
41542 To create a new format, select an existing one, change the entry of the
41550 \begin_inset space ~
41562 \begin_layout Standard
41563 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
41564 is described in section
41575 \begin_layout Section
41580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41589 \begin_layout Standard
41590 Here you find the list of defined copiers.
41591 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
41592 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
41593 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
41594 This is done by a Copier.
41597 \begin_layout Standard
41598 More about converters is described in section
41609 \begin_layout Chapter
41610 Units available in LyX
41614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41621 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41623 name "cha:Units-available-in"
41630 \begin_layout Standard
41631 To understand the units described in this documentation,
41632 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41634 reference "cap:Units"
41638 explains all units available in LyX.
41641 \begin_layout Standard
41642 \begin_inset Float table
41648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41649 \begin_inset Caption
41651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41652 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41667 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
41673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41675 \begin_inset Tabular
41676 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
41678 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41679 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41775 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41779 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41803 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41807 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41830 scaled point (65536
41831 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41835 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41859 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41863 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41887 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41891 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
41895 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41919 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41923 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41946 % of original image width
41953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42135 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42139 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42160 \begin_layout Chapter
42162 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42171 \begin_layout Standard
42172 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
42173 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
42176 \begin_layout Itemize
42179 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
42182 \begin_layout Itemize
42188 \begin_layout Itemize
42194 \begin_layout Itemize
42200 \begin_layout Itemize
42206 \begin_layout Itemize
42212 \begin_layout Itemize
42218 \begin_layout Itemize
42224 \begin_layout Itemize
42227 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
42230 \begin_layout Itemize
42236 \begin_layout Itemize
42242 \begin_layout Itemize
42248 \begin_layout Itemize
42254 \begin_layout Itemize
42260 \begin_layout Itemize
42266 \begin_layout Itemize
42272 \begin_layout Itemize
42278 \begin_layout Itemize
42280 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
42289 \begin_layout Standard
42290 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
42293 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
42300 \begin_layout Bibliography
42301 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42302 LatexCommand bibitem
42309 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42312 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
42317 \begin_inset Newline newline
42321 \begin_inset Flex URL
42324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42326 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
42334 \begin_layout Bibliography
42335 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42336 LatexCommand bibitem
42337 key "latexcompanion"
42341 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
42343 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
42346 Addison-Wesley, 2004
42349 \begin_layout Bibliography
42350 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42351 LatexCommand bibitem
42356 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
42359 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
42362 Addison-Wesley, 2003
42365 \begin_layout Bibliography
42366 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42367 LatexCommand bibitem
42374 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
42377 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
42380 \begin_layout Bibliography
42381 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42382 LatexCommand bibitem
42394 Addison-Wesley, 1984
42397 \begin_layout Bibliography
42398 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42399 LatexCommand bibitem
42405 \begin_inset Newline newline
42409 \begin_inset Flex URL
42412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42414 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
42422 \begin_layout Bibliography
42423 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42424 LatexCommand bibitem
42430 \begin_inset Newline newline
42434 \begin_inset Flex URL
42437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42439 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
42447 \begin_layout Bibliography
42448 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42449 LatexCommand bibitem
42455 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42457 name "Documentation"
42458 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
42467 \begin_inset Newline newline
42471 \begin_inset Flex URL
42474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42476 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
42484 \begin_layout Bibliography
42485 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42486 LatexCommand bibitem
42492 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42494 name "Documentation"
42495 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
42504 \begin_inset Newline newline
42508 \begin_inset Flex URL
42511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42513 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
42521 \begin_layout Bibliography
42522 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42523 LatexCommand bibitem
42529 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42531 name "Documentation"
42532 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
42536 of the LaTeX-package
42544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42545 LaTeX-packages ! caption
42551 \begin_inset Newline newline
42555 \begin_inset Flex URL
42558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42560 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
42568 \begin_layout Bibliography
42569 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42570 LatexCommand bibitem
42576 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42578 name "Documentation"
42579 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
42583 of the LaTeX-package
42591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42592 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
42598 \begin_inset Newline newline
42602 \begin_inset Flex URL
42605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42607 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
42615 \begin_layout Bibliography
42616 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42617 LatexCommand bibitem
42625 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42627 name "Documentation"
42628 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
42634 of the LaTeX-package
42642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42643 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
42649 \begin_inset Newline newline
42653 \begin_inset Flex URL
42656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42658 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
42666 \begin_layout Bibliography
42667 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42668 LatexCommand bibitem
42674 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42676 name "Documentation"
42677 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
42681 of the LaTeX-package
42689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42690 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
42696 \begin_inset Newline newline
42700 \begin_inset Flex URL
42703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42705 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
42713 \begin_layout Bibliography
42714 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42715 LatexCommand bibitem
42721 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42723 name "Documentation"
42724 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
42728 of the LaTeX-package
42736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42737 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
42743 \begin_inset Newline newline
42747 \begin_inset Flex URL
42750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42752 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
42760 \begin_layout Bibliography
42761 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42762 LatexCommand bibitem
42768 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42770 name "Documentation"
42771 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
42775 of the LaTeX-package
42783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42784 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
42790 \begin_inset Newline newline
42794 \begin_inset Flex URL
42797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42799 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
42807 \begin_layout Bibliography
42808 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42809 LatexCommand bibitem
42815 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42818 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
42822 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
42823 \begin_inset Newline newline
42827 \begin_inset Flex URL
42830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42832 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
42840 \begin_layout Bibliography
42841 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42842 LatexCommand bibitem
42848 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42851 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
42855 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
42856 \begin_inset Newline newline
42860 \begin_inset Flex URL
42863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42865 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
42873 \begin_layout Bibliography
42874 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42875 LatexCommand bibitem
42881 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42884 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
42888 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
42889 \begin_inset Newline newline
42893 \begin_inset Flex URL
42896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42898 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
42906 \begin_layout Bibliography
42907 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42908 LatexCommand bibitem
42914 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42917 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
42921 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
42922 \begin_inset Newline newline
42926 \begin_inset Flex URL
42929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42931 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
42939 \begin_layout Bibliography
42940 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42941 LatexCommand bibitem
42947 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42950 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
42954 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
42955 \begin_inset Newline newline
42959 \begin_inset Flex URL
42962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42964 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
42972 \begin_layout Bibliography
42973 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42974 LatexCommand bibitem
42980 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42983 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
42987 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
42988 \begin_inset Newline newline
42992 \begin_inset Flex URL
42995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42997 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
43005 \begin_layout Bibliography
43006 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43007 LatexCommand bibitem
43013 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43016 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
43020 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
43021 \begin_inset Newline newline
43025 \begin_inset Flex URL
43028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43030 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
43038 \begin_layout Bibliography
43039 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43040 LatexCommand bibitem
43046 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43049 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
43053 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
43054 \begin_inset Newline newline
43058 \begin_inset Flex URL
43061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43063 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
43071 \begin_layout Bibliography
43072 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43073 LatexCommand bibitem
43079 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43082 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
43086 about new features in
43091 \begin_inset Newline newline
43095 \begin_inset Flex URL
43098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43100 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
43108 \begin_layout Standard
43109 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
43116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43143 \begin_inset Note Note
43146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43153 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
43154 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
43155 bibliography is the second one:
43163 \begin_layout Standard
43164 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
43165 LatexCommand bibtex
43166 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
43167 options "biblio/alphadin"
43174 \begin_layout Standard
43175 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
43178 \begin_layout Standard
43181 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
43182 LatexCommand printnomenclature
43187 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
43188 LatexCommand printindex